Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
ASSOCIATION INCORPORATED
MANUAL
40th EDITION
All red writing indicates either a new rule or one that has been amended
from the previous edition of the AKA Manual.
Any reference to gender that may appear in this manual should be referred to
as he/she or his/her.
Our Cover
Matthew Wall 2006 Formula 100 National Champion
1.
CONTENTS
Life Members … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 4
Past Officials … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 5
AKA Executive … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 7
AKA National Co-ordinators and Officials … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 8
NKC State Delegates … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 9
AKA State Secretaries … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 10
AKA State Presidents … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 11
AKA Judicial Contacts … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 11
National Committees … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 12
National Championship Results
2006 Australian National Sprint Kart Championships … … … … … … … … … … 14
2006 Australian National Dirt Kart Championships … … … … … … … … … … 15
2006 Australian Formula Rotax National Championships … … … … … … … … 15
2006 Australian ReSa National Championships… … … … … … … … … … … … 15
RULES OF THE AKA
Statement of Purpose … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 16
Administrative Procedures … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 25
Chapter 1. Competition Regulations … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 31
2. Fees … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 35
3. Insurance … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 37
4. Officials and Duties… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 44
5. General Offences … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 52
6. Penalties … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 54
7. Complaints … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 58
8. Appeals … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 62
9. Tribunal Procedure … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 70
10. Australian Motor Sport Appeal Court … … … … … … … … … … … … … 76
SPRINT RACING REGULATIONS
Chapter 11. Competitions General … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 77
12. Scrutineering and Technical Inspection… … … … … … … … … … … … … 81
13. Competition Driver Licences … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 82
14. Protective Clothing … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 92
15. Flag Signals … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 95
16. Rules of the Road … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 99
17. Circuit Safety Regulations … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 102
18. National Circuit Construction and Safety Standards … … … … … … … … 106
19. General Standing Regulations … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 121
20. National & State Championship Events … … … … … … … … … … … … 130
20A. Stand Alone National Events … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 137
HOMOLOGATION OF ENGINES AND AFTERMARKET PARTS
Chapter 21. AKA Equipment Registration & Homologation Procedures … … … … … … 141
22. Fuel/Fuel Testing … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 143
23. Tyres … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 148
24. Noise Control … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 153
AUSTRALIAN KART FORMULA
Chapter 25. Australian Kart Formula … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 157
2.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Chapter 26. Generic Compliance Checks … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 170
27. Open Performance Class … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 175
28. Formula Rotax 125 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 179
29. Formula 100… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 186
30. Piston Port … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 188
31. Formula Australia … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 191
32. PRD RK100 Engine Class … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 198
33. ReSa Class … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 202
34. Clubman 100cc … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 205
35. Formula JMA … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 211
36. National 100cc … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 220
37. Junior Piston Port … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 225
38. Junior Clubman… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 227
39. Junior National … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 228
40. Rookies … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 229
41. Midgets … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 232
42. Sportsmans Class … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 240
43. Yamaha TAG Class … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 242
44. TAG 125 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 245
45. Parilla Leopard 125cc… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 254
46. Intercontinental C - Gearbox … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 263
47. Junior ReSa … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 265
SPEEDWAY KARTING
Chapter 48. Speedway … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 267
DIRT TRACK KARTING
Chapter 49. Dirt Track … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 274
CIK REGULATIONS
Chapter 50. Australian Championships for CIK Classes … … … … … … … … … … … 276
51. Endurance Karting… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 292
52. ARC A1 Evolution Class… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 304
STATE CONTACTS
Executive, Committee and Club Secretary Details with Competition Calendars
Queensland … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 309
New South Wales … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 318
Victoria … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 333
Tasmania … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 341
South Australia … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 346
Western Australia … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 351
Northern Territory … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 358
3.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
LIFE MEMBERS
NAME APPOINTED STATE
* denotes deceased
4.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
PAST OFFICIALS
* denotes deceased
CHAIRMAN
G. Carlsen 17.08.63 - 28.10.63 New South Wales
D. Ingersole 28.10.63 - 29.03.64 Victoria
* J. Self 29.03.64 - 31.10.64 South Australia
G. Carlsen 31.10.64 - 10.07.65 New South Wales
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
R. Edyvean 19.05.97 - 31.12.00 Queensland
Colin Wilson 01.01.01 - 06.02.03 New South Wales
NATIONAL PRESIDENTS
D. Ingersole 19.07.65 - 26.08.67 Victoria
I. Cowin 26.08.67 - 27.07.68 Victoria
J. Harrison 27.07.68 - 08.08.70 New South Wales
* L. Atherton 12.08.72 Queensland
L. Power 20.09.73 - 08.08.80 Western Australia
N. Osborn 08.08.80 - 08.08.82 Queensland
G. Jacobs 08.08.82 - 01.08.86 Tasmania
P. Ward 01.08.86 - 07.08.96 Victoria
R. Edyvean 07.08.96 - 17.05.97 Queensland
* K. Jenner 07.08.97 - 18.11.02 South Australia
D. Wells 21.02.03 - 29.10.05 Tasmania
R. Erdmann 29.10.05 - New South Wales
NATIONAL VICE PRESIDENTS
I. Cowin 1966 - 1967 Victoria
H. Rhodes 1967 - 1968 Victoria
R. Phillips 1968 - 1970 Victoria
J. Hooker 1970 - 1971 Western Australia
* L. Atherton 1971 - 1972 Queensland
L. Power 1972 - 1973 Western Australia
M. Paton 1974 - 1976 New South Wales
* N. Hunter 1976 - 1980 Victoria
P. Ward 1980 - 1986 Victoria
D. Singline 1986 - 1993 Tasmania
R Edyvean 1993 - 1996 Queensland
B. Campbell 1996 - 2000 Tasmania
R van Doorn 2001 - 2002 Queensland
D. Wells 2002 - 2003 Tasmania
A. Adams 2003 - 2004 Queensland
* B. Farley 2004 – 2005 New South Wales
I. Mooney 2005 - South Australia
5.
NATIONAL SECRETARIES
G. Carlsen 17.08.63 - 10.07.65 New South Wales
J. de Laroy 10.07.65 - 26.08.67 Victoria
N. Osborn 26.08.67 - 27.07.68 Queensland
* J. Hodgetts 27.07.68 - 01.08.86 South Australia
K. Staples 01.08.86 - 14.02.96 Western Australia
D. Clarke 14.02.96 – 29.08.03 Western Australia
P. Arnett 29.08.03 - Victoria
NATIONAL TREASURERS
* J. Duckworth 29.03.64 - 27.07.68 Victoria
A. Gore 27.07.68 - 02.08.85 Victoria
* F. Swann 02.08.85 - 05.08.89 Western Australia
M. Harper 05.08.89 - 01.08.91 Queensland
I. Gibb 01.08.91 - 07.08.97 Western Australia
H. Johnston 07.08.97 - 05.09.01 New South Wales
S. Glanville 02.09.01 - 01.03.02 New South Wales
M. Sullivan 20.06.02 – 06.02.03 Tasmania
A. Barclay 29.08.03 – 30.04.04 Victoria
M. Laybutt 27.9.04 - New South Wales
* denotes deceased
6.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
EXECUTIVE 2007
7.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
NATIONAL CO-ORDINATORS & OFFICERS - 2007
8.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
STATE DELEGATES TO THE NATIONAL KARTING COUNCIL 2007
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Mr Brian Sparrow
PO Box 1080
Mount Gambier S.A. 5290
Tel: (08) 87 25 7591
Email: bgakspar@bigpond.net.au
9.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
STATE SECRETARIES / ADMINISTRATORS 2007
10.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
STATE PRESIDENTS 2007
11.
NATIONAL TECHNICAL COMMITTEE 2007
VICTORIA QUEENSLAND
Mr Harold Arnett Mr Ralph van Doorn
C/- Maiden Gully Post Office VIC 3551 32 Cresthill Ave, Regents Park QLD 4118
Tel:(03) 54 496207 Fax: (03) 54 496442 Tel/Fax:(07) 3800 3773 Fax: (07) 380 04895
Mobile: 0428 461 012 Mobile:0418 547 265 rvandoor@bigpond.net.au
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
WESTERN AUSTRALIA TASMANIA
Mr Ken Seeber Mr John Whitfield
C/ AKAWA State Office 44 The Esplanade, Dunalley TAS 7177
Tel: (08) 9306 1589 Fax: (08) 9306 1655 Tel: (03) 62 53 5709
Mobile: 0438 061 589 strikep@bigpond.net.au Email: gyrotune@bigpond.com
SOUTH AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY
Mr Geoff Hall Mr Paul Riggs
C/- 216 Lady Gowrie Drive, Largs Bay SA 5016 PO Box 40524, Casuarina NT 0811
Mobile: 0418 805 100 Mobile: 0407 188 055
Email: ultratunecasnt@bigpond.com
NEW SOUTH WALES
Mr Trevor White
PO Box 495 St. Marys NSW 1790
Tel: (02) 9623 4351 Fax: (02) 9623 4376
Mobile 0418 411 960
Email: administration@akansw.asn.au
Website: www.akansw.com.au
OFFICIALS COMMITTEE 2007
VICTORIA TASMANIA
Jim Hinchcliffe Rodney Pinner
C/- Maiden Gully Post Office, 4 Margaret Street, Smithton TAS 7330
Maiden Gully VIC 3551 Tel: (03) 63 30 2555 Fax: (03) 63 30 2555
Tel: (03) 879 57728 Mobile: 0423 522 977 Mobile: 0428 350 061
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au Email: collis.pinner@bigpond.com
WESTERN AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY
John Pickernell Mr Brenton Taylor
C/- AKAWA State Office PO Box 40524, Casuarina NT 0811
Tel: (08) 9874 4042 Fax: (08) 9874 4029 Mobile: 0417 868 977
Mobile: 0427 744 029 johnpick@esat.net.au Email: akant@internode.on.net
SOUTH AUSTRALIA NEW SOUTH WALES
Helen Beauchamp John Kirkham
Tel/Fax: (08) 8280 7385 C/- PO Box 495, St Marys NSW 1790
Mobile: 0402 053 500 Tel: (02) 9623 4351 Fax: (02) 9623 4376
Email: helenb@karrendips.sa.gov
QUEENSLAND
Please contact AKA Qld State Office
12.
NATIONAL TRACK SAFETY COMMITTEE 2007
NATIONAL INSPECTOR VICTORIA
Mick Stott Ross Gathercole
21 Tingara Road, Evanston Park SA 5116 C/- Maiden Gully Post Office
Tel/Fax: (08) 8522 4677 Maiden Gully VIC 3551
Tel/Fax: (03) 5022 0917 Mobile: 0429 393 579
Email: vka@b140.aone.net.au
13.
2006 AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL SPRINT KART CHAMPIONSHIPS
RESULTS
Held at: Southern Go Kart Club, Bolivar Raceway, Summer Road, Bolivar, S.A.
Date: 14th – 16th April 2006
Senior National Heavy Lloyd Bilick WA Darren Clee SA Jason Pringle VIC
Senior National Light Adam Klunyk VIC Mitchell Cuijpers WA Cian Fothergill QLD
Formula 100 Matthew Wall VIC Cameron Thorpe VIC Trent James VIC
Clubman Heavy Jason Hryniuk NSW Lee Mitchener VIC Jace Linstrom VIC
Clubman Light Jason Merritt SA James Sera VIC Cameron Thorpe VIC
Clubman Super Heavy Scott Simpson QLD Stuart Morrison SA Ryan Fulcher QLD
Junior National Light Chaz Mostert QLD James Kovacic QLD Daniel Rochford VIC
Junior National Heavy Leigh Nicolaou VIC Joshua Hughes VIC Lewis Shugar WA
Junior Clubman Grant Smith VIC Scott Pye SA Leigh Nicolaou VIC
Leopard Heavy Rick Pringle VIC Kel Treseder QLD Ben Walter TAS
Leopard Light Matthew Wall VIC David Sera VIC Ryan Sanderson VIC
14.
2006 AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL DIRT KART CHAMPIONSHIPS
RESULTS
RESULTS
Held at: Newcastle Kart Racing Club, Mt Sugarloaf Circuit, Newcastle, NSW
Date: 2nd – 3rd September 2006
Formula Rotax Light Hayden McBride NSW Matthew Wall VIC Scott Auld QLD
Formula Rotax Heavy William Yarwood QLD Kel Treseder QLD Jared Carlyle
ReSa Light Jason Burns NSW Brittney Standen NSW Jessica Golding NSW
ReSa Heavy Glenn Saunders NSW Mathew Erdmann NSW Ian Mallinson NSW
15.
CONSTITUTION OF THE
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INC
STATEMENT OF PURPOSES
The purposes of the Association are:-
RULES:
R1 Name
The name of the Association is the Australian Karting Association Inc.
R2 Membership
The member associations of the Association are the State Karting Associations of the six States
of Australia and of the Northern Territory:-
R3 Cessation of Membership
A member association ceases to be a member:-
(a) (i) one year after notification in writing to the National Secretary of intention to
withdraw from the Association, unless within that year the notification is withdrawn.
(ii) six months after notification by the National Secretary of the member that there are
membership fees owing and that failure to pay within six months will result in
cessation of membership, unless within that time the membership fees are paid.
(b) a member association shall cease to be a member if it affiliates with any other motor sport
body unless prior to its affiliation explicit authority is granted by the Australian Karting
Association to that affiliation.
16.
R4 Register of Members
The Chief Executive Officer must keep a Register of members, the name, contact address and
date of joining each member association.
R5 Subscription
The annual subscription for the following calender year is determined at the Annual General
Meeting of the Association. There is no joining fee.
R6 Discipline of Members
(a) A member may be disciplined by the Council if one or more of his human agents, which
shall include, but shall not be limited to, its Officers, servants and agents by:-
(i) expelling the member; or
(ii) warning the member that it may be expelled if it continues to act in the specified
manner of which it disapproves; or
(iii) fining the member.
(b) If a motion is proposed at a meeting of the Council for the disciplining of a member
association the President shall first put a motion that the member be called upon to explain
its conduct to the Council.
(c) If that motion is carried by a simple majority of those present and voting, the motion for
the disciplining of the member must be adjourned to a meeting not less than fourteen days
later.
(d) The member association named in the motion must be given notice by delivering to its
contact address in the Register of Members:
(i) of the conduct complained of, and
(ii) that it is entitled to present oral or written evidence or arguments to the Council at a
meeting on a given date.
(e) At the later meeting, the Council must:
(i) give the member association, if requested by one or more of its members, the
opportunity to be heard, and
(ii) consider any written document presented by it or on its behalf
(f) The Council may then, by an absolute majority of its members, determine:
(i) whether to discipline the member association and
(ii) whether the penalty should be expulsion, a warning or a fine.
(g) A decision of the Council in accordance with the procedure set out above to discipline a
member and to impose a penalty is final and no appeal to a General Meeting is permitted.
(h) The disciplinary powers contained in this rule are separate from any disciplinary powers
exercised by the Council under the competition rules of the National Karting Council.
(i) acts in a manner contrary to the rules;
(j) acts in a manner prejudicial to karting;
(k) acts in a manner that brings karting into disrepute;
(l) fails to obey a proper direction of the Council or the Association’s elected Officers;
(m) fails to pay to the Association debts due by the member to the Association within 7 days of
the debt becoming due;
(n) acts in a manner that is unlawful under any State, Federal or Municipal law, regulation or
rule;
(o) fails to properly discharge its duties to its own members according to the Member’s
Constitution.
17.
R7 The Council
The Association is governed by the National Karting Council. This Council consists of one
delegate from each member association, the President, the Executive Member – National Events,
the Executive Member – Technology, the Executive Member – Member Services. An NKC
delegate at the time of nomination must be a delegate to, a member of, or a member of the
executive of, State Council.
R8 Subject to any decision of a General Meeting of the Association, the Council has the entire
management and control of the Association and has power to do anything necessary or convenient
to achieve the purposes of the Association including:
(a) the delegation to the State Karting Councils with power to withdraw such delegation of
such powers and responsibilities as may from time to time be deemed desirable;
(b) the arrangement of the National Kart Calender and the allocation of the Australian Kart
Championships;
(c) the drawing up and amendment from time to time of Kart Formulae;
(d) the compilation and amendment from time to time of General Kart Regulations;
(e) the issue of licences to competitors and drivers in Kart competitions, and of permits to
organisers of such competitions in accordance with the General Kart Regulations;
(f) the imposition of such levies, penalties, fees, fines, contributions and subsidies as may
seem to the Council necessary, and the enforcement of collection of such amounts from any
State Karting Council, Club, group or individual as permitted by the General Karting
Regulations;
(g) the negotiation of insurance for member associations, their clubs, drivers, officials and
spectators;
(h) the maintenance of a central registry of Kart licences;
(i) the enforcement of any legal instruction relating to Karting issued on behalf of the
Federation International de l'Automobile;
(j) the consideration and adoption of any suggestion made by State Karting Councils;
(k) the maintenance of due liaison and information regarding Karting matters with the
Confederation of Australian Motor Sport;
(l) the arbitration of disputes between State Karting Councils or between clubs in different
States;
(m) the establishment, coordination and support of specialist committees;
(n) the appointment from time to time of advisory or executive sub-committees to discharge
such functions and to hold office for such time as the Council shall deem fit;
(o) the reimbursement of any member, servant or agent for any out of pocket expenses properly
incurred on the Council's behalf and the payment to any such member, servant or agent of
such wage, honourarium or return for services rendered as the Council shall think fit.
R9 The Council may make regulations not inconsistent with these Rules or the International Sporting
Code of the Federation International de l'Automobile for the better management of the sport of
karting in Australia.
18.
National President
Executive Member – National Events
Executive Member - Technology
Executive - Member Services
Other Elected Officers
National Medical Officer
National Technical Coordinator
National Steward Coordinator
National Track Safety Coordinator
National Publicity Officer
(b) The Council may make regulations prescribing the duties and the Responsibilities of the
individual elected officers.
(c) Term of office for the Secretariat shall be two years with the President and Executive
Member – Member Services elected in even years and the Executive Member – Technology
and Executive Member in odd years. Two years to become effective from the 2003 Annual
General Meeting.
R10A(a) The elected officers of the Association are elected by the delegates at the Annual General
meeting from persons who have:
(i) been nominated in writing to the chief executive officer at least 60 days before the
meeting by the member association; and
(ii) must (unless the meeting otherwise agrees) be present at the meeting.
(b) If a person was a delegate at the time of his election as an officer, he ceases to be so on
election.
(c) If there is a tied vote on the election, the ballot shall continue until a simple majority
decision is reached.
19.
(ii) in the case of all other officers in the year after the year of their election.
(b) All officers are eligible for re-election
(c) An officer of the Secretariat may be removed by at least ? of those NKC members eligible
to vote.
R14 An officer member of the Council or member of any sub-committee of the Association who has
any direct or indirect interest in any present or anticipated contract agreement or arrangement
with the Association must declare that interest at the first meeting of the Council or the sub-
committee (as the case may be) after he becomes aware of the interest or the contract agreement
or arrangement, and must not vote in respect of the matter.
R17 A casual vacancy in the number of delegates on the Council must be filled by the nominee of the
member association of which the retiring delegate was a member.
20.
R20 Notice of Council Meetings
At least one month's notice must be given of a Council meeting unless a majority of delegates
agree or at the President’s request that it is necessary to hold the meeting, either in person or by
telephone conference, with a shorter period of notice.
21.
delivered to the State Secretary of each member association at the address notified in the
Register of Members and to each delegate at the address last notified to the Chief Executive
Officer by that delegate.
R28 A document which is posted and correctly addressed, unless the contrary is proved, is deemed to
have been given to the addressee at the time at which the letter would have been delivered in the
ordinary course of post.
R31 If neither the delegate nor the alternate delegate of a member association is able to attend a
General Meeting or a Council meeting, the member association by an authority signed by its
President or Secretary and produced to the Chief Executive Officer may grant a proxy to the
delegate of another member association. No delegate may exercise more than one proxy.
R32AIn circumstances where NKC approval is required to implement rules within the AKA Manual a
phone or fax vote may be held/taken.
22.
(c) The National Karting Council may approve the use by specified persons, of electronic
funds transfers in conjunction with a number of the AKA Secretariat.
(d) The National Karting Council may approve the use by specified persons, of a credit card
to draw on an account of the Association, and must specify the terms under which the card
may be used.
23.
R42 – Disputes – Grievance Procedure
1. The grievance procedure set out in this rule applies to disputes under these rules between:
(a) A member and another member: or
(b) A member and the Association
2. The parties to the dispute must meet and discuss the matter in dispute, and, if possible, resolve
the dispute within 14 days after the dispute comes to the attention of all of the parties.
3. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute at the meeting or if a party fails to attend that
meeting, the parties must, within 10 days, hold a meeting in the presence of a mediator.
4. The mediator must be:
(a) A person chosen by agreement between both parties: or
(b) In the absence of agreement –
(i) In the case of a dispute between a member and another member, the Council of the
Association: or
(ii) In the case of a dispute between a member and the Association, a person who is a
member of the dispute Settlement centre of Victoria (Department of Justice).
5. A member of a member association can be a mediator
6. The mediator cannot be a member of a member club which is a party to the dispute.
7. This rule provides for resolution of a dispute by a referee. Note that section 14a of the Act
provides another procedure whereby application may be made to the magistrates’ court for an
order declaring and enforcing rights or obligations of members between themselves, or of the
Association and a member between themselves. The court may refuse to make an order, or may
make an order for costs, if the court is of the opinion that the Application is unreasonable or the
issue trivial.
24.
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
A2 National President
The National President shall
a) attend all meetings as requested by the Council;
b) preside at all meetings of the secretariat, the council and committees;
c) carry out the directions of the Council;
d) Oversee all officers of the Secretariat;
e) Oversee all Legal issues;
f) Liaise with other motor sport bodies.
g) Deal with all matters relating to the procurement and negotiation of insurance.
A4 National Treasurer
The National Treasurer shall
a) Attend all meetings as requested by the President;
b) Preparation of the National budget;
c) Prepare monthly financial reports for consideration by the Council;
d) Compilation of license data;
e) Liaise with the Auditors;
f) Assist with Insurance Matters
A5 National Secretary
The National Secretary shall
25.
a) Oversee the organisation of national and international events;
b) Be responsible for the issuing of permits and licences for which the National Office or
National Officers are responsible;
c) Be responsible for the promotion of the Association and the sport of sprintkarting in
Australia;
d) Assist all other members of the Secretariat.
A7 Technical Administrator
The Technical Administrator may
a) Attend all meetings as requested by the President;
b) In conjunction with the Vice President be responsible for:
Tyre Testing
Monitoring of technology trends
Future Class Development
c) Liaison with Industry Association
26.
Report to the President of any matter of concern regarding progress or scheduling;
f) Examine Supplementary Regulations; (in conjunction with National Officials Co-
ordinator prior to approval);
g) Attend the National Championships in an advisory capacity from at a period 48 hours
prior to first official practice;
h) Attend all meetings requested by Council or the President; and take directives from
Council.
27.
j) collect and evaluate information relating to accidents and advise the Council and the
relevant club;
k) carry out the directions of the Council;
28.
A15.2 Duties
The duties of the Committee are:
i) to advise the Council, the State Karting Associations, clubs and competitors on matters
relating to track safety and the safety of competitors, pit crew, officials and spectators;
ii) to approve new tracks and/or major alterations to existing tracks;
iii) to promulgate guidelines on track layout and on any issue of safety which it believes
requires attention.
29.
vii) to recommend to the NKC the delegate and co-delegate to the CIK.
30.
AUSTRALIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION INCORPORATED
CHAPTER 1 - COMPETITION REGULATIONS
1.01 Authority:
The National Karting Council (NKC) of the Australian Karting Association Inc. (AKA), has
drawn up these regulations for the control of karting competition under its authority in
Australia.
1.02 Application:
These regulations shall govern all competitions in which karts as hereinafter defined shall
take part.
1.04 Entrants, drivers and participants in general are required to be fully conversant with these
regulations and supplementary rules or instructions governing any event and are (by reason
of their entry therein) definitely bound by such regulations, supplementary rules or
instructions. Officials of any event shall have (and exercise) their powers during the entirety
of any event.
All AKA licence holders, whether competing or not, are bound by the Association’s rules at
all times when attending AKA sanctioned events.
1.05 Drivers will at all times be responsible for the conduct of their crews, and any offence
committed by a crew member will be chargeable directly to the driver or entrant. A drivers
parent in the pit / paddock area will be automatically classed as a pit crew member.
31.
(j) National Track Safety Committee - The Committee responsible to the NKC on
matters of track design and safety.
(k) SKC - State Karting Council.
(l) Maximum/Minimum – Means the absolute dimension for that item.
32.
(o) Did Not Start (DNS) – A competitor is deemed to be a DNS if they have not received
the order to start. Refer R1.07(oo).
(p) Did Not Finish (DNF)
A competitor is deemed to be a DNF if they have not completed the required number
of laps in heats, Pre final or final, or greeted by the chequered flag to signify the
completion of that section of the event, unless competitor was shown the blue and red
double diagonal flag, rule 15:13.
(q) Driver - Any person nominated as the driver of a kart in any competition whatsoever.
(r) Event - All competitions one class at the one meeting except as allowed for in rule
19.17(e).
(s) Field - Consists of class/es on the track at that time.
(t) Finishing Line - A finishing line is the last control line on a course
(u) Frame - Welded main tube structure and applicable rails in the manufacturers
specifications and regulations.
(v) Handicap - The method laid down in the supplementary Regulations of a competition
for the purposes of equalising the chances of the competitors.
(w) Heat - One of a series of races in which the combined results of the heats shall
determine the leader at that point.
(x) Kart - An automobile complying with the specific requirements of these regulations.
(y) Licences -
(i) The certificate of registration issued by the NKC to a qualified person wishing
to compete in Kart competitions, known as a Sprint Kart Licence.
(ii) The certificate of registration of a track suitable for Kart competitions, known
as a Kart Track Licence. No competition shall be permitted on any track in
respect of which such licence has not been issued by the NKC.
(z) Licence Number - The number of a Sprint Kart Licence. Such number shall be
preceded by a letter indicating the State of issue, unless the supplementary regulations
provide otherwise.
(aa) Licence Register - The list maintained by the AKA of persons to whom a Sprint Kart
Licence has been issued. The register must show the relevant licence numbers.
(bb) Log Book - The log book is those pages in the centre of the AKA licence. The log
book is to be dated and signed by the scrutineer signifying compliance with the
regulations at every race meeting entered. (Refer Rule 13.10).
(cc) Meeting - An assembly of competitors and officials which include one or more
competitions other than one individual attempt at a record.
(dd) National Speed Event - Shall be either “Public” or “Private”, as defined hereunder.
Public events are those events in respect of which the public is, or has been
beforehand, invited to attend, by means of advertisements or publicity of any kind, or
using any medium. Private events are, on the other hand, those in respect of which no
prior publicity of any kind shall have been published to the general public. It shall not
be necessary for the purpose of this rule for a specific and general invitation to attend
to have been published. Any announcement of intention to hold such a meeting, made
to the public at large, other than the Australian Kart Calendar or in official State
Calendars published by the AKA, shall be deemed to constitute such a meeting as
“Public” defined above.
(ee) Organising Committee - A committee of at least three persons approved by the AKA
and authorised by the promoters to organise a meeting on their behalf. When an
33.
organising committee is appointed to act on behalf of the promoters, such organising
committee shall take the place of such promoters for the purpose of the rules, except
that the promoters shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of such organising
committee as if such acts and omissions were their own.
(ff) Organising Permit - A documentary authority to organise and hold a competition
granted solely by the AKA.
(gg) Programme - A document prepared by the promoters or organising committee of a
race meeting for the purpose of informing the participants and spectators about such
a meeting.
(hh) Promoters - Any person or body (other than an organising committee) proposing to
hold, holding or organising a meeting.
(ii) Race - A competition between karts running simultaneously on the same course, and
in which finishing order or time is the determining factor.
(jj) Race Track Area - Inside main safety fence.
(kk) Record - The best result obtained under the prescribed conditions.
(a) References of Maximum or Minimum mean the absolute dimension for that item.
(ll) Secretariat - The Secretariat of the AKA, as set out in the Rules of the AKA.
(mm) Speed Event - Any event of more than 200 metres in a forward direction marked and
which is determined by outright speed alone. The term “Speed Event” shall include
races, attempts at a record, hill climbs and speed acceleration tests by whatever name.
(nn) Sprint Race - A race on a circuit not exceeding 1.5 kilometres per lap in size.
(oo) Supplementary Regulations - Regulations supplementary to these rules, drawn up
by a promoter or promoters or organising committee of a competition or competitions
and approved by the AKA, with the object of laying down details of such competition.
Such regulations shall not be contrary to the Supplementary Regulations as laid down
in the manual for State and National Championships nor to the Australian Kart
Formulae which may not be altered, added to or amended, by way of Supplementary
Regulations.
(pp) Telemetry Aids - Any device that relays information from the kart to another party
whilst the vehicle is in motion.
(qq) The Start - The start is the moment when the order to start racing is given to a
competitor or competitors.
(rr) Track - A permanent course (being an agreed track defined by a single line, curbs and
ripplestrips at each side of the course) or a temporary course (being an agreed track
defined by temporary markings, barriers, or as defined by the organisers) used for
competitions, including record attempts.
(ss) Tribunal Registrar - The person designated by the AKA in each State to arrange
Tribunals.
(tt) Wet Weather Tyre - Tyre specifically manufactured for wet weather use.
(uu) Tyres – An approved new or used tyre is one of the same type.
34.
CHAPTER 2 - FEES
Fees are payable to the AKA: The fees payable to the AKA shall be as follows or as may be announced
by the NKC from time to time. (All fees are inclusive of 10% GST where applicable)
EVENTS
2.01 National Sprint (Bitumen) Championship Permit:
(i) 2007 - NSW $4400 plus $55.00 per entrant
(ii) 2008 – TAS $4400 plus $55.00 per entrant
(iii) 2009 – QLD $4400 plus $55.00 per entrant
2.02 National Dirt Championship Permit
(i) 2007 $300 per event
2.03 Australian Championship for CIK Classes Permit $1500 per event
2.04 Entrant Levy (All Events) – Governance/Insurance $1.50 per entrant (no gst)
2.05 State Sprint (Bitumen) Championship Permit:
(i) 2007 $500 plus $10.00 per entry
2.06 State Dirt Championship Permit:
(i) 2007 $150.00
2.07 2007 Standalone National Championship $1,100.00
2.08 Reserved
2.09 Temporary Circuit Permit $550.00
2.10 Track Development – National all Events $0.50 per entry (no gst)
2.11 Tyre Royalties $3.30 per set (4 tyres)
(i) Promotional $0.55 per tyre
(ii) Governance $0.275 per tyre
LICENCES
2.12 Senior AKA Licence (inc Insurance Component) refer State
2.13 Junior AKA Licence (inc Insurance Component) refer State
2.14 Rookie AKA Licence (inc Insurance Component) refer State
2.15 Midget AKA Licence (inc Insurance Component) refer State
2.16 Practice Licence refer State
2.17 AKA Manual (must be purchased with a Licence) $11.00
2.18 International Sprintkart Licence (inc Insurance) $150.00
2.19 International Sprintkart Licence Upgrade $75.00
2.20 New Licence (New Driver Levy) $20.00
2.21 Trans Tasman Visa $45.00
JUDICIARY
2.22 Complaints: From any Competition $55.00
2.23 General Appeal $550.00
2.24 Appeals: To AKAC (Aust Karting Appeals Court) $1100.00 for an appeal in writing
$2200.00 for an appeal in person
2.25 Appeals to AMSAC $4400
35.
EQUIPMENT – Chapter 21
2.26 Aftermarket Parts Inspection & Registration $500.00 per part
2.27 Aftermarket Part Review $250.00 per part every 3 years
2.28 Registration / homologation in championship class $1100.00 per engine
2.29 Review of engines in championship class $500.00 per engine every 3 years
2.30 Registration / homologation in non championship class $500.00 per engine
2.31 Review of engines in non championship class $250.00 per engine every 3 years
2.32 Registration / homologation experimental class $500.00 per engine
2.33 Review of experimental Class Engine $250.00 per engine every 3 years
2.34 Registration of an evolution to champ, non champ
or experimental class $500.00 per item
2.35 Review of evolution to champ, non champ or
experimental, class every 3 years $250.00 per item
2.36 Registration of Airbox $400.00 per Airbox
2.37 Part Number Change $250.00 per item
2.38 Reserved
2.38 Reserved – reason – procedure to be developed in relation to engine & exhaust levies.
36.
CHAPTER 3 - INSURANCES
The information in this Chapter is a summary of the policies maintained by the AKA. Reference should be
made to the policy documents for specific details of coverage, terms and conditions.
The terms and conditions of the policies will prevail.
3.01 Premium: The premium for this Policy is paid by the AKA.
3.03 The Policy insures the above against claims which they are legally liable to pay arising out
of:
• personal injury
• property damage
• damage to property in the physical or legal control of the insured - Limit $25,000.
• advertising liability (as defined in the policy).
37.
3.06 If you become aware of an injury or damage likely to give rise to a claim under the policy notify
your State Secretary as soon as possible and complete an SLE Motor Sport Case Report Form
to be sent to Trans-West Insurance Brokers.
• Give full details of the circumstances.
• Do not admit responsibility for any injury/damage.
• Provide the names and address of witnesses.
• Make or obtain a sketch plan wherever possible.
ASSOCIATION LIABILITY
(Indemnity: 5 Million)
3.07 Premium: The premium for this Policy is paid by the AKA.
3.10 If you become aware of an incident likely to give rise to a claim under the policy notify your
State Secretary as soon as possible and ask for Trans-West Insurance Brokers to be advised.
• Give full details of the circumstances
• Do not admit responsibility for any incident or potential claim
• Provide the names and address of witnesses
3.11 Premium: The premium for this Policy is paid by the AKA.
38.
(a) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(b) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(c) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(d) 85% of weekly income or $500 whichever is the lesser but not less than $100 per week.
(e) 40% of schedule (d) benefit.
LIMITS:
(a) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(b) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(c) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(d) $200 per week (Limit fifty two (52) weeks)
(e) $40 per week (Limit fifty two (52) weeks)
39.
(b) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(c) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(d) 85% of weekly income or $500 whichever is the lesser but not less than $100 per week.
(e) 40% of schedule (d) benefit
Non-Earning Volunteers:
(a) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(b) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(c) Up to a maximum of $75,000
(d) $200 per week (Limit fifty two (52) weeks)
(e) $40 per week (Limit fifty two (52) weeks)
3.19 Rehabilitation:
Rehabilitation Costs (Home and vehicle modification costs)
Up to $2,000 for any one insured person.
40.
3.26 What are they covered against?
Bodily injury resulting from an accident. (As per policy terms and conditions)
41.
Insurance Brokers and Risk Managers
With divisions dedicated to:
Builders
(Home Warranty and Construction Insurance issues)
Employers
(Workers Compensation – Keeping costs under control)
Professional Indemnity
(Finding the right cover and cost combination)
42.
Appointed Insurance Brokers to the AKA
43.
CHAPTER 4 - OFFICIALS AND DUTIES
(b) They shall be termed “officials” and may have assistants to whom any of their duties
may be delegated, such assistants are officials under these rules, except in the case of
scrutineers and stewards, whose duties are specifically laid down in these Rules.
(c) All States shall be responsible to conduct schools for Scrutineers and Stewards
annually.
(d) All State Karting Councils must appoint a State Stewards' Coordinator annually. The
State Stewards' Coordinator can act as a Steward in his/her own State.
Proviso:
Section 4.01(c) does not apply if pre-arranged schools were in place for Scrutineers and
Stewards in regional areas to be satisfactorily completed by such Scrutineers and Stewards
prior to the 30th Day of June of the year applicable to the current Karting Manual.
44.
meetings organised under the Permit of the AKA, and shall, on production of their
Badge of Office, be accorded free access to all parts of the course at such meetings,
and shall have the power to take decisions and issue instructions, with regard to safety
and orderly conduct of the meeting.
45.
4.05 Plurality of Duties:
At State and National Championships plurality of duties of key officials is not permitted. At
club meetings it is strongly recommended plurality of duties is not undertaken by any
official. (At no time may a steward perform more than one duty).
Other Officials may be remunerated for their services by the organisers of the meeting.
46.
(g) Amend placing’s and awards as laid down in Rule 4.17(f) and Rule 6.01.
(h) Prohibit from competing any driver who, or any kart which they consider to be
dangerous, or is reported as such by the Clerk of the Course or a Scrutineer.
(i) Exclude from one or more competitions or for the duration of the meeting any entrant
or driver whom they consider to be or who is reported to them by the Clerk of the
Course or Director or Promoters, to be ineligible to take part therein or whom they
consider guilty of misbehaviour or unfair practice.
(j) Exclude from the course and its precincts any competitor or driver who refuses to
obey the order of a responsible Official.
(k) Postpone or alter the conditions of a competition for reasons of safety and “force
majeure.”
(l) Modify the position of the starting area or finishing line, or alter the programme at
the request of the Clerk of the Course or the Promoters where necessary to ensure
reasonable safety for drivers and spectators.
(m) Appoint a temporary substitute or substitutes to replace any Steward or Stewards not
able to perform his/her duties. Such power shall be exercised by the remaining
Steward or Stewards and shall be used to ensure that there are always at least TWO
Stewards of a Meeting.
(n) View Cinematographic, photographic or similar apparatus to facilitate the Stewards
decision.
47.
4.12 Duties of the Clerk of the Course or Director:
Clerk of Course or Director must attend a Clerk of Course School annually.
In the case of a meeting comprising several competitions there may be a different Clerk of
the Course or Director for each competition. The Clerk of the Course is responsible for the
general conduct of the meeting in accordance with the Supplementary Regulations,
Programme and Organising Permit, and, in particular, he/she shall:-
(a) Ascertain whether all Officials are at their posts, and report the absence of any of
them to the Stewards of the Meeting.
(b) Ensure that all Officials are provided with the information necessary for carrying out
their duties.
(c) Before each race meeting the drivers of the ambulance and pick-up vehicle/s are to be
instructed not to move their vehicles inside the race track area whilst Karts are in
motion.
(d) Control competitors and their karts and prevent any ineligible competitor, driver or
kart from taking part.
(e) Ensure that each kart and (where appropriate) each competitor carries the proper
identification marking in accordance with the programme.
(f) Ensure that the correct driver is in each kart and marshal the kart as necessary.
(g) Send the karts to the start in their right order and, if necessary, start them.
(h) Convey to the Stewards of the Meeting any proposal to modify the programme or any
report that deals with the misbehaviour of, or breach of rule by, a competitor or driver.
(i) Receive complaints from competitors or drivers and immediately transmit them to the
Stewards of the Meeting. Collect the reports of the Timekeepers, Scrutineers,
Assistant Scrutineers and Observers together with such official information as may
be necessary for the determination of the results.
(j) Prepare a written statement of the information necessary to enable the Stewards of the
Meeting to complete their report.
48.
use only such apparatus for timing attempts at records where it is necessary to take
times within one-hundredth of a second.
(d) To register such times as are appropriate, having regard to the conditions of the
competition, or are required by the Clerk of the Course or Director.
(e) To prepare and sign their reports relating to the timing which is their individual
responsibility, and to send them, with all necessary supporting documents, in the case
of a meeting to the Clerk of the Course or Director and in the case of an attempt at
record or test to the AKA.
(f) To send on request their original time sheets either to the Stewards of the Meeting or
to the AKA.
(g) To communicate any times or results only to the Stewards of the Meeting and the
Clerk of the Course or in accordance with their instructions.
(h) Chief Time Keeper shall be Judge of Fact as to confirm and register times as are
appropriate.
49.
Championships. They may also act as Observers.
(e) Officials under the age of 16 years are not permitted to act as Flag Marshals at any
Race Meeting unless under the direct supervision of an adult official.
50.
4.22 Duties of Noise Control Marshal.
(a) The Noise Control Marshall shall be Judge of Fact as to the noise level recorded by
any individual kart.
(b) The Noise Control Marshall shall be responsible for monitoring and reports on noise
levels of all karts in accordance with these regulations.
51.
CHAPTER 5 - GENERAL OFFENCES
5.02 Other offences are set out in other parts of these Rules.
52.
5.03 1 A person found to have committed an offence against Rule 5.01(q) shall be
automatically excluded from the section of the competition to which the offence
relates. (Refer Chapter 22 and Rule 25.18(c)).
2 A person found to have committed an offence against Rule 5.01 (r) shall be
automatically excluded from the section of the competition to which the offence
relates, EXCEPT during timed qualifying sessions when rule 19.17(e)i applies.
5.04 1. Any competitor who breaches Rule 19.26 starting of a race may face action taken by
the issue of a Penalty Notification Form which will be issued without a Officials
Hearing and signed by at least one Steward and one other Steward, Clerk of the
Course or Starter.
A complaint/appeal cannot be lodged against this action.
2. Any competitor who does not comply with weights Rule 5.01 (r) will have action
taken by the issue of a Penalty Notification Form which will be issued without a
Officials’ Hearing and signed by at least one Steward and one other Officials, Scale
Marshal, or Clerk of the Course.
A complaint/appeal cannot be lodged against this action.
3 Any competitor who does not comply with Noise Rule 24.2 will have action taken by
the issue of a Penalty Notification Form which will be issued without an Official’s
hearing and signed by at least one (1) Steward and one (1) other official, Noise
Control Marshal or Clerk of the Course.
A complaint/appeal cannot be lodged against this action.
5.06 In proceedings before a karting tribunal or the AMSAC, any reference in a rule to the opinion
of the officials must be taken as a reference to the opinion of that tribunal or the court, as the
case
53.
CHAPTER 6 - PENALTIES
6.03 Tribunals:
A Tribunal and the AMSAC may impose any penalty except as outlined in Rule 6.04.
Suggested Penalties List for Tribunals Suspension
Abuse / Intimidation of Official 3 mth - 10 yr
Assault of Official 1 yr - life
Assault / Intimidation of Competitor
or Pit Crew or any other person 3 mth - 5 yr
Non Conforming Engine 3 mth - 3 yr
Non Conforming Fuel 3 mth - 5 yr
Tyre Treatment 3 mth - 5 yr
Alcohol / Drug Offences 1 yr - 5 yr
54.
Tribunal registrar until the fine has been paid. Time frame for payment of fine as per
Rule 6.13.
(c) if a suspension has been imposed, the licence must be retained by the State Tribunal
Registrar until the suspension has expired. The licence holder must be advised that the
period of suspension commences immediately, (subject to provisions relating to
appeals).
6.10 If the licence holder is not present, that State Tribunal Registrar must notify the licence
holder by ordinary mail to the address referred to in the previous rule.
(a) what penalty has been imposed
(b) that the licence must be delivered to the State Tribunal Registrar for noting within
seven days of the date of notification
(c) if a fine has been imposed, then it must be paid within seven (7) days of the
notification
(d) if a suspension has been imposed, that the suspension applies from the date of the
imposition of the penalty, and that the licence will not be returned until the period of
suspension has been completed
(e) that there is, except in the case of the decision of the AMSAC, a right of appeal under
these regulations.
6.14 The period of automatic suspension is two days for every day between the date notified as
the date by which the licence had to be surrendered or the fine/fee paid (or both) and the date
on which all directions in the notification have been complied with.
EXCLUSION
6.15 Consequences of Exclusion from a Race/Heat:
55.
If the licence holder is excluded from a section of an event (ie race/heat), that person may
compete in further sections of that event.
TIME PENALTY
6.21 A time penalty may be imposed in any race.
The steward must first advise the person what offence the steward believes the person has
56.
committed and must give the person an opportunity to provide an explanation. If a complaint
is subsequently made concerning the incident which resulted in the warning, a hearing must
be held. If a stewards’ hearing is held, and the complaint proven, the notification of the
warning in the log book may be cancelled. If the complaint is dismissed the notation in the
logbook must be cancelled.
6.24 A person who has three or more warnings recorded in the log book in a 12 month period will
be required to show cause to a Disciplinary Tribunal why that person should not be penalised.
A Tribunal must deal with the matter as a matter of penalty only, and must accept that the
person has committed the offences which were the subject of the warnings.
57.
CHAPTER 7 - COMPLAINTS
7.01 A reference elsewhere in these regulations to a protest must be taken in this Chapter as a
reference to a COMPLAINT.
7.02 A reference elsewhere in these regulations to a charge or report must be taken in this Chapter
as a reference to a COMPLAINT.
7.03 A body or an official or a person directly affected may make a Complaint.
7.04 A Complaint or appeal may be made about any act or omission, which is believed to be a
breach of these regulations except:
(a) a refusal of entry
(b) a decision of a judge or a judge of fact
(c) a direction to remove or cover advertising. (refer Rule 19.13)
(d) a starter's decision (refer Rule 19.26(vi))
(e) accuracy of scales
(f) the use of the red flag (refer Rule 16.11)
(g) Stewards decision re Chief Scrutineer’s report (refer Rule 12.01(d))
(h) injured driver clearance (refer rule 16.12)
(i) baulk line (refer Rule 17.05)
(j) a decision made re Rule 19.17
(k) a decision concerning non-conforming fuel and tyre or tyres as the result of a test by gas
chromatograph.
(l) a decision concerning non conforming noise level as a result of a test by a sound level
meter. Refer R24.2
(m) a decision made regarding rule 23.01
7.05 A Complaint save a complaint in relation to the actions of an official, if lodged at a meeting
must be made in writing to the Clerk of the Course or Chief Steward on the correct form if
available.
7.06 All other Complaints save a complaint in relation to the actions of an Steward, must be made
in writing to the Tribunal Registrar.
7.07 A complaint in relation to an official must be made in writing to the National Tribunal
Registrar. Complaints must relate to assault/intimidation of a competitor or pit crew or any
person and not procedural or judgmental errors.
7.08 A written report of an official is a Complaint, if it states or implies that a regulation has been
broken.
7.09 Where practical, an Steward who lays a complaint should not be involved in hearing that
complaint, except when called as a witness.
7.10 A fee must be paid when a person makes a Complaint.
7.11 An official (of the day) does not have to pay a fee when making an official Complaint.
7.12 When the Clerk of Course receives a Complaint the Stewards must be notified.
7.13 When the Tribunal Registrar receives a Complaint, a hearing of a Tribunal must be arranged
save and except as provided by regulation 7.18. The date for the hearing of a disciplinary
tribunal must be notified to all parties concerned within 90 days of receipt by the State
Tribunal Registrar of the complaint.
58.
7.14 The time limits for Complaints are as follows:
7.15 The Stewards or Tribunal Registrar (whether national or state) may always permit a Complaint
to be made out of time for a good reason.
7.16 A Complaint made at a race meeting must be dealt with by the Stewards unless there is a good
reason why they cannot do so.
7.17 A Complaint not dealt with by the Stewards must be dealt with by a Disciplinary Tribunal save
and except in relation to a complaint against an official which must be dealt with in the manner
set forth in regulation 7.18
7.18 (a) A complaint against an official shall be made in writing and signed by the complainant and
shall be accompanied by signed statements of witnesses (if any) to the incident complained
of.
(b) The written signed complaint and the signed witness statement or statements shall be
forwarded to the National Tribunal Registrar by post within the time limited by regulation
7.14 (vii)
(c) The National Tribunal Registrar, upon receipt of the material referred to in sub-paragraphs
(a) and (b) hereof shall, in the first instance, in the exercise of his/her absolute discretion,
decide if the nature of the complaint, prima facie, indicates that a breach of the regulations
or rules has been committed by an official or is an issue of sufficient importance, or of
sufficient weight or is a matter of public interest or is in the interest of karting generally, in
which case, he/she shall refer the said material to a State Disciplinary Tribunal which shall
be constituted for the purpose of considering and inquiring into the complaint and, if
thought fit , imposing a penalty.
(d) If the National Tribunal Registrar, in the exercise of his/her discretion, considers that the
complaint is trivial or frivolous and vexatious then in that case, the National Tribunal
Registrar may reject the complaint.
(e) No appeal shall lie against any decision made by the National Tribunal Registrar in
exercising his/her discretion in any matter/s referred to in this regulation.
(f) The National Tribunal Registrar, if he/she considers that the complaint should be referred
59.
to a Disciplinary Tribunal, shall forward the material referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and
(b) hereof to the State Tribunal Registrar who in the opinion of the National Tribunal
Registrar is the most appropriate to consider and determine the matter.
Stewards Hearings:
7.19 The procedure for an Stewards' Hearing is set out in this Chapter. The Stewards are not a
Tribunal and Chapter 9 does not apply to them. Any necessary interviews by the Stewards of
the Meeting must be conducted outside the racetrack area. [Refer Rule 1.07 (hh)].
7.20 In the rest of this Chapter the person or body making the Complaint is called “the
Complainant”.
7.21 If the Complainant does not know what regulation is relevant, the Stewards must attempt to
find the relevant regulation.
7.22 The Stewards must, when all parties are present, tell the other parties which regulation is
believed to be relevant.
7.23 If the Stewards believe that a regulation is relevant which is different from that stated by the
Complainant, all parties must be advised.
7.24 The Complaint must then be dealt with on that basis. It is the intention of these Rules that a
person should not escape responsibility for a breach of these Rules because a Complaint is
wrongly framed.
7.25 When a Complaint is made, the Stewards must decide which persons may be materially
affected by the decision of the Complaint.
7.26 Those persons must then be invited to attend when the Complaint is dealt with.
7.27 A person need not be invited to attend if the only way in which that person may be affected is
by being advanced in position (without being placed).
7.28 An invitation to attend the hearing of a Complaint made at a race meeting may be made by
announcement on the public address system. However, the Stewards must ensure that a person
against who a complaint has been made is aware of the hearing, by personal contact if
necessary. Failure by the invitee to attend a hearing does not mean the complaint cannot be
dealt with.
7.29 Midget, Rookie and Junior competitors who attend the hearing of a Complaint must be
accompanied by a parent or guardian or other adult.
7.30 The young person may consult the adult, but the adult must not speak to the Stewards unless,
in the opinion of the Stewards, the young person will suffer serious prejudice unless the adult
is permitted to speak.
7.31 A person invited to attend the hearing of a Complaint may nominate another person to attend
as the representative of that person.
7.32 The Stewards may treat the nominee, in the absence from the hearing of the nominator, in all
respects as the nominator.
7.33 The nominator cannot complain of not being given an opportunity to speak or to exercise any
other right, if the nominee is given that right while the nominator is absent from the hearing.
7.34 A Complaint made at a race meeting must be dealt with as soon as possible.
7.35 At least two Stewards must deal with a Complaint made at a race meeting.
7.36 The Complainant must outline the facts on which the Complaint is based and to produce
evidence.
7.37 The other parties must then be asked what they have to say in support or in reply and to provide
any other relevant evidence.
7.38 The Stewards must decide whether a regulation has been broken and, if so, who has broken it.
60.
7.39 If it is decided that a regulation has been broken by a particular person, that person must be
asked whether there is anything that person wishes to say which will be relevant in determining
the appropriate penalty.
7.40 The Complainant must also be asked the same question.
7.41 The Stewards must decide whether the appropriate penalty is within the power of the Stewards
as set out in these Regulations.
7.42 Exclusion and Referral for Penalty
1. Fine (up to $1,000.00)
2. Revise finishing order
3. Revise grid position
4. Place / points penalty, loss of point for heat or exclusion from that section of the event
5. Loss of points for the day
6. Exclusion from event
7. Exclusion from meeting (and consider referral to SKC Tribunal)
8. Suspension (up to 6 months)
7.42.1 The Stewards must also advise the parties what penalty, if any, will be recommended to the
Tribunal, but advise that the Disciplinary Tribunal may vary the penalty.
7.43 In all other cases the Stewards must decide what is the appropriate penalty. Any penalty shall
be given in writing on the AKA official form.
7.44 If the Stewards do not make a decision which is favourable to the Complainant or if the
complaint is withdrawn, the fee for the complaint shall normally be forfeited.
7.45 Once a decision on a Complaint is made, all parties must be advised that they have a right of
appeal to an Appeal Tribunal. (Refer Rule 8.12 and 8.13 for vital conditions if an Appeal
involves engines/fuel/accessory or part).
61.
CHAPTER 8 - APPEALS
8.02 Any body or an official or a person affected by any of the decisions referred to in Rule 8.01
may appeal.
8.03 A State Karting Council or the AKA Secretariat, may appeal to an Appeal Tribunal, the
AKAC or the AMSAC if it is satisfied that the appeal should be brought in the best interests
of karting.
8.04 All appeals to the AMSAC are subject to leave being granted by the AMSAC.
8.05 All Appeals shall be lodged with the appropriate Tribunal Registrar. (Refer Rule 1.07 (ss)).
All Appeals shall be in writing, which shall be in the form of the AKA Appeal Form. All
Appeals shall be accompanied by the appropriate fee otherwise the Appeal form shall not be
accepted for lodgment.
8.06 A Notice of Intention to Appeal FROM A DECISION OF THE STEWARD’S shall be made
in writing and hand delivered to one of the Stewards at the Meeting and shall be accompanied
by the appropriate fee. A Notice of Intention to Appeal shall, unless a contrary intention
appears in this Chapter 8, be subject to the same rules and bear the same consequences as an
Appeal.
62.
8.07.1 A Tribunal Registrar may, for a good reason, accept an out of time Appeal providing it is
hand delivered or posted by registered mail and received by the appropriate Tribunal
Registrar within 72 hours out of time.
8.07.2 Any Appeal out of the time limit specified in 8.07.1 shall not be accepted for lodgment.
8.07.3 An Appeal by a State Karting Council or the AKA under Rule 8.03 shall not be subject to
the time limits set out in previous parts of this rule.
8.09 A State Karting Council or the AKA Secretariat or the National Karting Council shall not be
required to pay an appeal fee.
8.10 A Notice of Intention to Appeal or Notice of Appeal shall indicate whether the Appeal is an
appeal against a conviction, a penalty, or against both and shall fully set out the grounds of
appeal.
8.11 The body hearing an appeal has a discretion to permit an appellant to rely on a ground not
set out in the Notice of Appeal.
8.12 If a person appeals against a decision with respect to an offence committed against Rule 5.01
(o), then the engine, the part or the accessory found to breach Rule 5.01(o) shall:
(a) be handed to the Clerk of the Course or the Clerk’s Deputy; and
(b) be sealed for transmission to the Tribunal, the AKAC or the AMSAC; and
(c) remain sealed until the engine, the part or the accessory is inspected in the presence
of the Appellant or the Appellant’s representative and a person or persons approved
by the appropriate Tribunal Registrar.
8.14 (a) When a person is found to have used a fuel, lubricant or other substance not permitted
by the regulations, and that person then wishes to appeal against the finding, then an
appropriate Official must, in the presence of the person intending to appeal, or that
person’s representative:
(i) take a sample or samples of the fuel, lubricant or other substance and place those
samples in an airtight container(s) ;
63.
(ii) seal the airtight container(s) containing the sample(s) and forward the
container(s) to the appropriate Tribunal Registrar or to an address directed by the
Registrar.
(b) If the sample(s) referred to in 8.14(a) is to be further tested, then the seals on the
airtight container(s) must be verified as intact by an approved person
immediately prior to the commencement of testing of the sample(s).
(c) An approved person is a person who is a member of, or eligible for membership of
the Royal Australian Chemical Institute or a similar body approved by the AKA .
8.15 It is an offence for a person whose fuel, lubricant or other substance is to be tested or for the
crew of that person or for any other person:
(a) to alter any part of the test material in any way ;
(b) to remove any part of the material to be tested from the inspection area without the
permission of the tester ;
(c) to remove, alter or damage any sealed sample at any time.
8.16 If a person commits an offence under Regulation 8.15, then the evidence of the fuel tester as
to the legality of the fuel, lubricant or other substance shall be accepted by the body hearing
the Appeal, and no evidence of whatsoever nature shall be accepted by or on behalf of the
Appellant concerning the legality of the fuel, lubricant or other substance.
8.17 When a Notice of Intention to Appeal or a Notice of Appeal is lodged, a penalty of exclusion
or suspension shall only take effect prior to the hearing of the Appeal in circumstances
outlined in rules 8.18 and rule 8.19
8.18 When:
(a) the decision cannot be the subject of a complaint and therefore cannot be appealed
against or
(b) the decision appealed against was made under Rule 4.09(h), (i) or (j)
(c) the decision appealed against relates to an offence referred to in Rule 12.02 in which
case a penalty of exclusion or suspension takes effect immediately.
8.19 When an Appellant is advised in writing that the Appeal will be heard within one month from
the date of the decision appealed against, the penalty of exclusion or suspension shall take
effect on the later of:
(i) the end of the event to which the Appeal relates, or
(ii) the date on which the Appellant receives written notification of the result of the
Appeal.
8.20 (a) Any person participating in any AKA sanctioned competition whilst under Appeal
shall not receive any award, trophy or points in the event that gave rise to the Appeal
unless the Appeal is successful.
(b) Any person who races under appeal forfeits all rights to withdraw such appeal.
8.21 (a) The appropriate Tribunal Registrar shall ensure that a Notice of Hearing of the Appeal
is forwarded to the Appellant and any other parties to the Appeal not later than:
(i) 10 days before the date on which the Appeal is to be heard.
64.
(ii) 17 days before the date on which the Appeal is to be heard in matters where the
Appellant is normally domicile in a State other than the State in which the Appeal is
to be heard.
(b) A Notice of Hearing of Appeal may be delivered personally a Statutory Declaration is
required by the person who delivers the notice. A posted or faxed Notice of hearing shall
be deemed as proof, or a proof of delivery slip for a registered letter.
(c) The date for hearing of the Appeal shall be notified to all parties concerned within 60 days
of receipt by the appropriate Tribunal Registrar of the Notice of the Appeal or within 60
days of any directions hearing whichever is the latter.
(d) Failure by the appropriate Tribunal Registrar to notify all parties to the Appeal within the
required time limit shall result in the Appeal being decided in favour of the Appellant and
the appeal fee shall be returned to the Appellant.
(e) Any date set for hearing of the Appeal shall be within 90 days of the date of receipt by the
appropriate Tribunal Registrar of the Notice of Appeal or within 90 days of the date of any
directions hearing, whichever is the later, except that the date of the hearing of the Appeal
may be altered by consent of the parties to the Appeal.
8.22 If the appropriate Tribunal Registrar forms the view that a matter under Appeal involves complex
scientific or technical evidence, then that Registrar may request the Chairperson of the Tribunal to
conduct a telephone directions hearing. The Tribunal Chairperson has the power at a directions
hearing to direct the parties to exchange technical or scientific information by a date that shall not
be less than one week prior to the hearing, and may give directions concerning tests or other
matters, including directions for adjournments with a view to simplifying the matters in dispute.
Any material that is directed to be provided to any party to an Appeal and is subsequently not
provided as so directed shall not be admitted into evidence at the hearing unless all parties to the
Appeal agree to its admission.
8.24 A body hearing an Appeal may impose or vary any penalty provided such imposition or variation
is within the range of penalties it is empowered to impose pursuant to the provisions of this manual.
8.26 A body hearing an Appeal may alter any decision made by an Official or Officials or by a State
Karting Council.
8.27 A body hearing an Appeal shall not alter a decision of the National Karting Council unless the body
decides that the decision:
(a) was not within the power of the National Karting Council to make or
(b) was not permitted by the registered Rules of the AKA or
(c) was not permitted by these regulations.
65.
8.28 An Appeal fee shall be returned to the person appealing if:
(a) the Appeal is successful or
(b) the body hearing the appeal considers that there are exceptional circumstances which
warrant the return of the fee.
8.29 The AKA shall have the right to publish or cause to be published an Appeal judgment and to
publish the names of all the parties to the Appeal. Any person or body whose name is
published pursuant to this rule shall have no cause of action against the AKA or against any
person publishing such judgment.
8.30 If an Appeal is on the grounds that the procedure adopted at a Steward’s hearing or at a
Tribunal was not in accordance with these regulations, then the body hearing the Appeal
must determine whether the failure to follow the regulations was so serious that the decision
appealed against should not stand. If the body makes a determination that the decision cannot
stand, then that body shall re-hear the matter or refer it for re-hearing. Failure to follow
procedures will not result in dismissal of a complaint by an appeal body.
8.31 If an Appeal Tribunal or the AKAC forms the view that an Official has acted improperly, it
may:
(a) call upon that Official to state, after an adjournment if necessary, why he or she
should not be prohibited from acting as an Official for a period of time and
(b) after considering all relevant material presented to it, prohibit the Official from acting
as an Official or a particular Official for a stated period.
8.32 Appeals directed to the AMSAC are subject to the AMSAC’s own time limits and rules and
not those referred to in regulation 8.21 (d) (e) and (f).
8.33 Preamble
The Australian Karting Appeal Court (AKAC) is karting’s own Court of Appeal which shall
be chaired by a legally qualified person. The aim of AKAC is to provide a Court of Appeal
whereby appeals are available by way of right and not by way of leave as is the case with the
AMSAC. The intention is to be able to conduct appeal hearings where Appeals involve less
expense on the part of all parties and where Appeals can be heard more quickly than through
the AMSAC.
It is the intention of the AKAC to keep its processes as flexible as possible by, amongst other
things, encouraging Appeals to be by way of written submissions rather than in person, and
by conducting Appeals via telephone hook-up and if feasible via video-link.
8.34 Constitution
a) The AKAC is a duly constituted body that is independent of the AKA and specifically
charged with hearing Appeals arising from decisions of an Appeal Tribunal.
66.
b) Any body, official or person affected by any decision of an Appeals Tribunal may
appeal to the AKAC.
c) A State Karting Council or the AKA Secretariat or the National Karting Council
(NKC), may appeal to the AKAC if it is satisfied that the Appeal should be brought
in the best interests of karting.
8.35 Composition
a) The AKAC shall comprise three (3) members, at least one of whom shall be a person
legally qualified of at least 5 years standing and who shall chair the Court.
b) The chairperson shall have the powers to act as the Court Registrar but may appoint
an independent person to act as the Court Registrar .
8.36 Time
a) A Notice of Appeal shall be lodged with the AKAC Registrar at the AKA National
Office within 14 days of the handing down of the decision that is being appealed.
Notices of Appeal should preferably be lodged by email addressed to
court@austkarting.com.au
b) The Notice of Appeal shall be in writing and in a form approved by the AKAC and
accompanied by the appropriate fee. Where a Notice of Appeal is lodged by email,
the Appeal shall be deemed to have been lodged only when the Appeal fee is received
by the AKAC Registrar.
c) The AKAC may allow an Appeal out of time upon application being made to it in
writing setting out the reasons for the out of time application. Such reasons shall be
satisfactory to the AKAC before it shall allow the Appeal. No application shall be
accepted by the AKAC when such application is received more than 72 hours out of
time. The proposed Notice of Appeal shall be lodged with the application together
with a late application fee, which fees are as follows:
(i) where the Appeal for which leave is sought is to be by written submissions only,
$100;
(ii) where the appeal for which leave is sought is to be in person, $200;
d) An Appeal by a State Karting Council or the AKA Secretariat or the National Karting
Council (NKC) shall be lodged within 42 days of the handing down of the decision
being appealed and rule (c) above shall not apply.
8.37 Fees
a) The fee for an Appeal to the AKAC is $2,200 (including GST) where an Appeal in
person is required, or $1,100 (including GST) where an Appeal is required by way of
written submissions only.
b) A State Karting Council or the AKA Secretariat or the NKC is not required to pay an
appeal fee.
8.38 Notices
a) A Notice of Appeal must state whether the Appeal is an appeal against a conviction, a
penalty, or both and shall fully set out the grounds of Appeal.
b) The AKAC may allow an Appellant to rely on a ground of Appeal not set out in the Notice
of Appeal provided that such ground is not prejudicial to any other party to the Appeal.
c) The AKAC Registrar shall ensure that a Notice of Hearing of the Appeal is forwarded
67.
to the Appellant and any other parties to the Appeal not later than:
(iii) 10 days before the date on which the Appeal is to be heard.
(iv) 17 days before the date on which the Appeal is to be heard in matters where the
Appellant is normally domicile in a State other than the State in which the
Appeal is to be heard.
d) A Notice of Hearing of Appeal may be delivered personally, by post, by email or by
facsimile. A Statutory Declaration duly declared by the person who delivered
personally, posted, emailed or faxed the Notice shall be deemed as proof of personal
delivery, emailing, posting or faxing.
e) The date for hearing of the Appeal shall be notified to all parties concerned within 60
days of receipt by the appropriate AKAC Registrar of the Notice of the Appeal or
within 60 days of any directions hearing whichever is the latter.
f) Failure by the appropriate AKAC Registrar to notify all parties to the Appeal within
the required time limit shall result in the Appeal being decided in favour of the
Appellant and the appeal fee shall be returned to the Appellant.
g) Any date set for hearing of the Appeal shall be within 90 days of the date of receipt
by the appropriate AKAC Registrar of the Notice of Appeal or within 90 days of the
date of any directions hearing, whichever is the later, except that the date of the
hearing of the Appeal may be altered by consent of all the parties to the Appeal.
8.39 Directions
a) The Chairperson may at any stage prior to the date fixed for the hearing, conduct a
directions hearing to ascertain each parties understanding of the issues at large, the parties
preparedness for hearing, what material should be exchanged between the parties and
otherwise as provided for in rule 8.22.
b) Subject to this rule 8.39, the Chairperson shall give the parties a timetable for the parties to
provide a written outline of the submissions to be made to the AKAC. A copy of such
written outline shall be provided to the AKAC and to each party to the Appeal.
8.40 Hearings
a) Hearings shall preferably take place by telephone conference but otherwise, at a location
determined by the AKAC Registrar.
b) An Appellant’s attendance at hearings and associated costs shall be at the Appellant’s sole
cost.
c) Any party may be represented by an advocate. Advocates shall not be persons who are
legally qualified or past or present members of the Police Services or the Military forces.
8.41 Penalties
a) The AKAC when hearing an Appeal may impose or vary any penalty provided such
imposition or variation is within the range of penalties it is empowered to impose pursuant
to the provisions of this manual.
b) The AKAC may alter any decision made by an official or officials or by a State Karting
Council.
c) The AKAC may not alter a decision of the National Karting Council unless it decides that
the decision:
(i) was not within the power of the National Karting Council to make or
(ii) was not permitted by the registered Rules of the AKA or
68.
(iii) was not permitted by these regulations.
d) An Appeal fee will only be returned to the Appellant if:
(i) the Appeal is successful or
(ii) The AKAC considers that there are exceptional circumstances, which warrant the
return of the fee.
e) Notwithstanding rule 8.41, an out of time application fee is not refundable in any
circumstances.
69.
CHAPTER 9 - TRIBUNAL PROCEDURE
Provision has been made by the AKA for the discharge of all these functions. In accordance
with the Code, general laws applicable in Australia have been enacted and published, and
form the Rules embodied in this Manual. Further restrictions, in more particular detail, are
published from time to time in Supplementary Regulations and Agenda of individual events.
To police these rules and regulations, the AKA appoints from time to time individual
officials such as Stewards and Clerks of the Course and requires organisers to appoint others,
such as Scrutineers, Secretaries, Timekeepers and so on each with their duties and
responsibilities. The Stewards of the Meeting have by right (and others may have by special
delegation) certain powers to impose penalties and it follows that there should exist avenues
of appeal which may be followed by any persons penalised by them. Similarly, persons
against whom any action has been taken, though not of punitive nature, should have the
opportunity to lodge a complaint, except in certain special cases.
Lastly, those who commit offences against the Rules in circumstances unrelated to a meeting,
or of a kind which appears to merit penalties beyond the power of Stewards to inflict, are
liable to be charged with those offences. In such cases, they are entitled as of right to be
confronted by their accusers, to hear the evidence against them, to test that evidence and call
their own, and to be assured of impartial justice.
All these requirements and the need to provide avenues of appeal referred to above, have
resulted in the authorisation by the AKA, or affiliated State Karting Councils, to appoint
what are known as Tribunals.
70.
the Stewards that the charge has been found proved shall be conclusive evidence
of that fact and so much of this chapter as applies to the proving of the case shall
not apply to that hearing.
(b) APPELLATE TRIBUNALS: which are appointed to hear pleas arising from decisions by:
(i) Officials of a Meeting, or
(ii) Disciplinary Tribunals.
Appellate Tribunals are obliged to confine their decisions to matters actually appealed,
though they are free also to make recommendations to the AKA, arising out of their
deliberations.
71.
(b) The accused is to be asked whether he/she objects to any member sitting if so, on what
grounds. If no objection is received, the case proceeds. If an objection is received, it
must be examined and may involve one or more member being declared ineligible to
sit. (If more than one member steps down as ineligible the hearing must be adjourned,
two being the minimum number acceptable on the bench). If the objections are not
considered valid, they may be overruled by the Tribunal, and the case will then
proceed. (In such case the objection must be noted and in due course included in the
transcript of the proceedings).
(c) The complaint or complaints shall then be read to the accused, either by a clerk of the
tribunal (if there is one) or by the Chairman and the accused will plead to each
complaint. If a plea of “guilty” is received, the proceedings in such case may be
shortened but the onus still lies on the prosecution to produce evidence in support of
such complaint. If a plea of “not guilty” is received, the case proceeds as follows:
(d) The prosecution proceeds first, and is normally required to adduce evidence of the
existence of a rule or regulation allegedly breached, and evidence of the breach.
(e) If a Tribunal believes that a regulation is relevant which is different from that stated
by the Complainant, all parties must be advised. The complaint must then be dealt
with on that basis, after adjournment, if that is necessary. It is the intention of these
regulations that a person should not escape responsibility for a breach of these
regulations because a complaint is wrongly framed.
(f) The defence may then lead evidence in rebuttal of the prosecution's case.
(g) The defence will then address the Tribunal, summarising the case for the accused.
(h) The prosecution will then address the Tribunal, summarising the case for the
prosecution.
(i) The Tribunal will then determine the guilt or otherwise of the accused, adjourning the
Tribunal if necessary to do so. No other persons shall be present or partake in any
discussion with the Tribunal at this stage, unless the Tribunal has both parties before
it together.
(j) The Tribunal may hear arguments if any on the question of costs and may make or not
make an award of costs as is proper and fitting in all of the circumstances provided
always that no costs shall be awarded against the AKA Incorporated, a Member
Karting Association or any member club of a Member Karting Association unless any
of these bodies are an unsuccessful appellant.
(k) If the Tribunal finds the complaints or any of them proved, it shall announce a finding
of “guilty” and then hear argument on the question of penalty.
(l) The Tribunal shall determine and announce whether a penalty is imposed, and if so,
its nature (and if relevant, the duration of a term of suspension).
(m) The Tribunal, in giving judgement for or against the accused, shall do so by writing
down its judgement and reading it aloud to the parties appearing. Such judgement
shall include the Tribunal's reasons for its findings, and shall include a statutory
reminder to the parties of their rights of appeal. Such judgement may, moreover,
include any recommendation which the Tribunal deems fitting.
(n) The Chairman will then declare the proceedings closed.
2. Procedure at Appeal Tribunals:
(a) The Chairman will announce the Tribunal's authority, its composition and its purpose.
Leave may be granted for advocates to represent the parties, and if so, appearances will
then be taken, representation by the Legal Profession or Police Force is not permitted.
72.
(b) To shorten the proceedings, the parties may at this stage stipulate certain facts of the
admissibility of certain documents (eg. if a transcript summary, or both, has been
made available to the Tribunal and to both parties, of either proceedings giving rise to
the appeal, such may be stipulated as accurate on appeal).
(c) The appellant goes first, addressing the Tribunal and/or calling evidence.
(d) The respondent follows similarly also addressing the Tribunal and/or calling
evidence.
(e) The respondent then makes his/her final address, if he/she desires to do so.
(f) The appellant then makes his/her final address, if he/she desires to do so.
(g) The Tribunal then determines whether, and if so, to what extent, the appeal shall
succeed, adjourning the hearing if necessary in order to do so.
(h) No other persons shall be present or partake in any discussion with the Tribunal at this
stage, unless the Tribunal has both parties before it together.
(i) The Tribunal shall then deliver its judgement by writing it down and reading it aloud
to the parties concerned. Such judgement shall include the reasons for the findings, a
statutory reminder to the parties of their rights of appeal, if any, and also a direction
as to the disposition of the Appeal Fee, either by way of its return to the Appellant (if
the appeal has succeeded) or its estreatment by the AKA (if the appeal has failed).
(j) The Tribunal may hear arguments if any on the question of costs and may make or not
make an award of costs as is proper and fitting in all of the circumstances provided
always that no costs shall be awarded against the AKA Incorporated, a Member
Karting Association or any member club of a Member Karting Association unless any
of these bodies are an unsuccessful appellant.
(k) The Chairman will then declare the proceedings closed.
73.
particular field, and hence give expert opinion as evidence. He/She will, however, be subject
to cross-examination in such areas of evidence and his/her evidence will be evaluated, not by
other experts in his/her field necessarily but by the Tribunal.
Opinions expressed by witnesses other than experts are valueless as evidence of the matter
at issue, though they may be illuminating as to the credibility of the witness. They are
inadmissible. Documents may be tabled in evidence; in such case, they must be proved as to
their source, validity, relevance, etc. and to do so it may be necessary to call direct evidence
(eg. an official letter from a company, a parts manual, etc.) Things may be submitted as
evidence, to speak for themselves, as for instance a cylinder head in question. Other evidence
is usually required to prove the authenticity or relevance of such “real” evidence.
Circumstantial evidence, the fact of the existence of a number of situations or occurrences
or circumstances may be put in. It may be cogent (a man seen running from the otherwise
deserted scene of an offence at the time it was committed) or it may be valueless but it is
admissible.
It is not permitted to introduce, prior to conviction, any evidence relating to other
convictions. However, should a person be found guilty of a charge, the fact of his/her earlier
breaches of the Rules may relevantly be pressed in pleas as to penalty. They must be
established, mere suspicion only of these is inadmissible unless, of course, admissions have
been made by the accused person. Similarly it is forbidden to introduce material in addresses
that could have been and should have been produced in evidence. Failure to give evidence is
not in itself an admission of guilt, but it may give rise to certain conclusions by reasonable
men; the innocent usually in human experience assert their innocence, and failure to do so
while subject to examination is rightly capable of being interpreted as an admission of guilt.
Judicial Notice. Certain facts need not be proved by evidence in respect of AKA Tribunals.
The general authority of the Tribunal to sit is assumed, if stated (subject to objections as to
its individual members) the booklet entitled “Australian Karting Association Manual” is
taken to be an official AKA publication, and the Rules and Regulations included therein
together with any amendments notified by the National Secretary to all State Secretaries to
be the National Competition Rules and Regulations applying to the hearing. Persons acting
as officials of a meeting are assumed to have been properly appointed, though if called as
witnesses they usually assert the same to be so, the AKA are by statute entitled to intervene
in any Tribunals, whether or not an opposing party; the meaning of the English language is
presumed to be as understood by ordinary men, and so on. There would be no end to
litigation if everything had to be proved.
Tribunals also take judicial notice of decisions handed down by the AMSAC.
74.
the parties and the Tribunal members are known to each other more or less well, there can
be no justification for informality prevailing at hearings of Tribunals (other than in isolated
instances of natural humour).
Formality, the maintenance of form, is a means of ensuing that (a), all the things that ought
to be done are in fact done in an orderly manner and (b) that nothing that should not be done
is done. An added effect is that of natural gravity, the ceremony associated with formality
always lending to proceedings the appropriate air of seriousness.
Informal proceedings may achieve a just end, but they seldom appear to do so. The Tribunal
in such looses stature and authority and the law itself becomes, or may become, an object of
contempt. The use of first names, the relaxing of basic rules of evidence, lapses from
decorum, the permissibility granted to interjectors, the acceptance of casual or intemperate
behaviours - these add nothing to the tribunal’s stature and take much away from its purposes.
The conduct of any Tribunal is a question for the Chairman himself, and it is to the advantage
of all if he/she insists upon the above guidelines being followed.
9.10
(a) A State Tribunal Registrar, upon receipt of the material referred to in sub-paragraphs
(a) and (b) of Regulation 7.18 relating to a complaint against an official, shall
formulate a notice of complaint directed to the respondent official setting forth full
particulars of the nature of the complaint. The State Tribunal Registrar shall also
forward a notice specifying the date, time and place for the hearing of the complaint
by a Disciplinary Tribunal and shall forward the notice of complaint together with
copies of the witness statements (if any) to the respondent official prior to the date
nominated for the hearing of the Disciplinary Tribunal.
(b) If the Disciplinary Tribunal after considering all the evidence presented both by and
against the official is of the opinion the official has breached any regulation or rule
shall make a finding in that regard and in that case shall be entitled to impose a
penalty of suspension on that official from the performance of any duties of an
official for such period as the Disciplinary Tribunal considers warranted and
irrespective of the provisions of regulation 6.03 to the intent that the only penalty that
may be imposed on an official is the penalty of reprimand or suspension.
75.
CHAPTER 10 - AUSTRALIAN MOTOR SPORT APPEAL COURT
76.
CHAPTER 11 - COMPETITIONS GENERAL
11.01 Promotions:
Kart competitions will be organised in Australia by the AKA AS THE DELEGATED BODY
or, by other promoters approved by the NKC.
11.02 Announcement:
All supplementary regulations, programmes and entry forms for all Kart competitions shall
bear conspicuously the announcement: - “Held under the International Sporting Code of the
FIA, and the General Karting Regulations of the AKA”.
11.05 Fees:
The scale of fees payable shall be such as are determined from time to time as detailed in
Chapter 2. - Fees.
11.06 Insurance:
Organisers, officials, entrants or drivers shall comply without exception with such
requirements regarding insurance as may be decided by the NKC from time to time, and shall
upon demand pay the relevant premiums therefore without delay.
77.
(c) Renounced, under pain of disqualification the right to have recourse, without the
written consent of the NKC or Tribunal not provided for in these Rules.
* Force majeure is “Circumstances over which the organisers have no control and which
involve the impossibility of the completion of the contest.”
78.
11.11
Standard Supplementary Regulations Format
To be printed complete by organising club and issued with entry form
1. Authority
The meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the FIA, the General Karting
Regulations of the AKA and any further addendums and bulletins to the regulations.
Permit Number :- (AKA to insert permit number when approved )
2. Organisers
Insert here the name and address and phone numbers of the organising club.
3. Date and Place of Meeting
Insert the date(s) of the meeting and the name and address of the circuit. At some circuits it may
also be necessary to specify the specific track to be used and the direction of racing.
4. Officials of the Meeting (These are the minimum officials names to insert)
Stewards:
Clerk of Course/s:
Scrutineer/s
Technical inspector/s
Tyre tester/s
Scales Marshall
Chief lap scorer
Chief timing
Grid Marshal
Starter
Secretary of the meeting
Officials secretary
Noise Control Marshall
5. Classes to Compete
Insert the classes that events will be provided for, including the weight divisions. These must be
consistent with the Karting Manual.
6. Entry
The fee for entry in each event shall be ( insert amount - this may vary for each class )
The date and time for close of entry shall be ( insert time and date )
Describe the grade of licence that will be required for competition in each class and whether
provisional licence holders are eligible to enter.
7. Minimum Entries
The minimum number of entries per class shall be (insert number). If insufficient entries are
received for a class, classes may be cancelled or combined at the discretion of the Organiser.
8. Format of Racing
Specify here the format of racing, including :-
Specify if standing starts are to be used for any classes.
Specify if time trials are to be conducted.
The number of heats, pre-finals and finals, including the number of laps for each.
The method for determining grid placing’s for heats, pre-finals and finals.
79.
The point system to be used.
The method for determining the winner of each event.
If the event is a “local club event” (Refer rule 19.39), use this space to clearly define any
regulations applicable to the local conditions.
9. Timetable
Close of entry
Scrutineering
Official Practice
Drivers Briefing
Racing
Presentations
10. Mechanical Breakdown Lane
A mechanical breakdown lane will/will not be in use.
11. Blue and Red Double Diagonal Flag
The blue and red double diagonal flag will / will not be used during this meeting. Refer Rule 15.13.
12. Abandonment or Postponement
The organisers reserve the right at their sole discretion to abandon, postpone or cancel any event(s)
subject to Rule 11.09.
13. Prizes
State here the prizes and trophies that shall be awarded.
14. Insurance
Insurance has been affected for this meeting in accordance with Chapter 3.
15. Noise Levels
Maximum permissible noise levels shall be in accordance with Chapter 24. (If a club wishes to
adopt a lower noise level then the specific level in dBA shall be stated here)
The nominated judge of fact for the measurement of noise levels shall be (insert name of person).
If additional noise penalties are to be applied then they should be stated here. Refer Rule 24.7.3
16. Fuel (refer Rule CHAPTER 22)
The organisers wish to inform competitors that premium unleaded fuel is not available within 40
kms of the circuit. In accordance with Rule 25.14 (vii), super grade petrol may be used. (insert this
clause if applicable)
If a controlled fuel will be in use at this meeting, insert an appropriate statement here along with
details of availability and cost.
If fuel testing is to occur, advise here and the control fuel to be used.
17. Judges of Fact
List here any judges of fact that will operate at the meeting. These must only be matters that are
not open to appeal under the competition rules.
The Starter, The Chief Lap scorer, The Weigh Marshal, The Noise Control Marshal
The chief time officer, The GC Analyst, The Grid Marshal
Background Note:
Article 65 of the International Sporting Code of the FIA, under which all competitions will be
conducted, sets out the information that should be included in the Supplementary Regulations.
These supplementary Regulations are to be read in conjunction with the General Standing Regulations and
Australian Kart Formula for Sprint Racing as laid down in the current AKA Manual and the Entry Form which
should accompany this addendum.
80.
CHAPTER 12 - SCRUTINEERING & TECHNICAL INSPECTION
The purpose of scrutineering is to ensure that a kart which or a driver who is competing or has competed in
an event or section of an event has complied with the technical requirements of the competition regulations in
relation to that event. The technical requirements are found in the General formula, the Class formula, and in
specific chapters concerned with particular subjects (eg. tyres, fuel, etc).
12.01 Scrutineering:
(a) All karts entered in any competition must be scrutineered before being permitted to take
part in any practice, time trial, qualifying or race.
(b) The purpose of scrutineering is:
1. to ensure that any requirements specified in relation to
(i) fuel
(ii) type of tyres
(iii) tyre treatment
(iv ) noise suppression equipment and
(v) apparel and
(vi) engine sealing nuts, appear to be complied with.
2. to be satisfied that the driver complies with the age, type of licence, and weight
requirements for that event
3. to be satisfied that the driver and/or pit crew has
(i) carried out an inspection and
(ii) prepared and signed the AKA scrutineering report form and
(iii) presented a kart that appears to comply with the formula.
(c) It is not a defence to a complaint resulting from inspection after an event that the kart and
driver passed scrutineering.
(d) If the stewards decide on the Chief Scrutineer's Report that a driver or kart should be
excluded from any event or section of an event on safety grounds a driver cannot lodge a
complaint or appeal on that decision.
(e) A kart which has not passed scrutineering on the decision of the scrutineer or the stewards
cannot take part in the event or section of the event to which the decision relates.
12.02 Inspection:
(a) A kart or a driver may be inspected at any time before, during or after competition.
(b) If a kart or apparel is not submitted for inspection when requested at any time by the Clerk
of the Course, Technical Inspector, fuel examiner, tyre examiner or noise examiner, the kart
and the driver are automatically excluded from the meeting and forfeit all placings or points
already gained at that meeting.
12.03 Scrutineering & Technical Inspection
(a) The Official requesting the inspection may mark any engine part, fuel sample, accessory
or apparel and require it to be presented, as directed, at the end of the meeting for further
inspection and testing by a person of authority, approved by the AKA Secretariat.
(b) The item when presented at the end of the meeting must be tagged for identification, then
bagged and sealed, and a receipt given to the person presenting it.
(c) Unless a complaint is made in respect of the item, or the AKA secretariat specifically
directs in a particular case, the item (with exception of fuel sample) must be returned to the
person presenting it within twenty one (21) days.
81.
CHAPTER 13 - COMPETITION DRIVER LICENCES
82.
4. Applications for an AKA licence shall be as directed by the AKA.
5. A non-competition licence may be issued by the AKA and requires applications as
outlined in 13.04 and the payment of the advised fee.
6 For an Australian Licence holder to compete in NZ they must apply to the AKA for a
Trans Tasman Visa, pay a $45.00 fee, present their licence and VISA when competing
in NZ.
7 New Zealand competitors are eligible to compete in Australia in their relevant class
subject to the competitor presenting a current Kartsport New Zealand Licence,
Kartsport New Zealand Visa and Kartsport New Zealand Medical Card.
83.
The temporary licence receipt will be regarded as a licence / log book until its expiry
and must be retained and then attached to AKA licence / logbook issued by the State
Secretary / Licencing Officer.
84.
suffering from a disability to use a kart which has been modified in a manner
authorised in writing by the Secretariat. The driver’s licence must be so endorsed.
2. A driver suffering from a disability must produce on request a copy of the
authorisation to use the modified kart.
3. Notwithstanding any other provision of the regulation, a kart so modified may only
be driven by the nominated driver in an event for its class.
85.
13.15 Responsibility of Entrant, Driver or Other:
The entrant shall be responsible for all acts or omissions on the part of the driver, mechanic,
pit crew, service crew or any third party to whom his/her entry may be attributed, but each
of these shall also himself be responsible for any infraction for the code, these rules, any
supplementary regulations or instruction to drivers. Refer also to R 1.05.
13.17 Reserved
86.
(iii) temporary or street circuits
e) Provisional Licence holders must clearly display a regulation “P” plate on the
front and rear of any kart they are driving.
f) All provisional drivers must present their licence to the Clerk of Course
immediately following the drivers briefing for observation during competition.
3. Provisional Upgrade - Upgrade B To A Licences
The National Karting council has approved a new procedure to upgrade from B grade
to A grade licences.
At present the issue of an ‘A’ grade licence is by criteria involving placings at either
State or National Championships and by ‘application and recommendation’ of the
club and State body with final approval by the NKC.
‘B’grade licence holders who apply for an AKA ‘A’ licence must submit the
application with recommendation, through their club Secretary, to the State Karting
authority’ who will forward the application upon recommendation’ to the National
Office (For National records – in case there is a problem).
The State Office is authorised to issue (on spec of the recommendation and resume)
an ‘A’ grade provisional licence. This licence to be suitable for competition in the
CIK Domestic Series.
In order to confirm the ‘A’ from provisional to full. The holder be given the following
events to have the licence endorsed, to allow for full ‘A’ licence
(a) All the rounds of the CIK Series (CIK classes only)
(b) National Championship and State Championship in the classes Formula 100 (for
seniors) and Junior Piston Port (for Juniors) ONLY
If the ‘A’ Provisional applicant fails to compete at 4 of any of the events noted above
in (a) & (b) as qualifying licence status events, during the current licence year then
the licence grading will revert back to ‘B’. The endorsements accrued to be retained
in the logbook for records purposes only.
87.
(b) C grade licence holders are not eligible to compete at either:
(i) National Bitumen Championships, or
(ii) temporary or street circuits
(c) C Grade licence holders cannot compete in the following classes:
Open Class, Formula 100, Piston Port, Inter C 125 and 125 Gearbox, Biland
250, Junior Piston Port, Junior Clubman, Junior ReSa.
5. (AKA) B Grade Licence.
(a) To qualify for a B grade licence a driver shall have his/her full C Grade licence
endorsed at 10 race meetings as having competed satisfactorily. Endorsements
shall be obtained at 3 venues. “P” plate signatures are not to be included in this
ten. Dispensation on the 3 venues may be granted for dirt and speedway karters.
(b) Midget B grade licence holders moving to Rookies retain their B grade status.
(c) Rookie B grade licence holders moving to Juniors retain their B grade status.
(d) Junior B grade licence holders moving to Seniors retain their B grade status.
(e) B Grade 100cc Restricted Licence, issued only to senior persons at age 15 as
per 13.21.3(c) and for use in 100cc classes only.
6. (AKA) A Grade Licence.
(a) Available only to AKA Junior and Senior drivers who hold a B grade licence.
(b) To qualify for an A grade licence
Junior drivers
(i) by finishing either First, Second or Third at a National Championship
(Bitumen) in any junior class - automatic.
(ii) by finishing either First, Second or Third at a State Championship
(Bitumen) in any junior class - may apply to SKC.
Senior drivers
(iii) by finishing either First, Second or Third at a National Championship
(Bitumen) in any championship class contested - automatic.
(iv) by finishing either First, Second or Third at a State Championship
(Bitumen) in any championship class - may apply to SKC.
(c) Junior and Senior Drivers who do not meet these qualifications may apply to the
SKC for consideration to be upgraded to an A grade licence.
(d) Junior A grade licence holders moving to Seniors retain their A grade status.
The term Upgrade encompasses both grade changes (eg. C to B) and division changes (eg
midget to rookie).
1. Drivers eligible for upgrade from National or State Championship results must
forward their licence to their State Secretary within twenty-one days of confirmation
of the championship results.
2. Licences may also be issued by SKC under special circumstances, ie. previous motor
sport experience.
3. Licences may also be upgraded by SKC refer 13.21.3 (c) and 13.18.5(c).
88.
4. A licence holder may have his/her licence down graded by the State Karting Council
or AKA following a Steward’s Report.
1. Midget / Minikart:
(a) Any Midget / Minikart driver may elect to move to Rookies at age 10 or at any
time between their eleventh (11) birthday and the end of the calendar year.
(b) They cannot advance directly to Junior Division.
(c) Once a driver has competed in Rookies the right to return to Midgets / Minikarts
is forfeited.
(d) A midget/rookie may make application to the NKC for dispensation to remain
in the class for a further 12 months.
2. Rookies:
(a) Any B grade Rookie may elect to move to juniors division at age 12 or any time
between their thirteen (13) birthday at the end of the calendar year.
(b) Once a driver has competed in Junior the right to return to Rookies is forfeited.
3. Juniors:
(a) A Junior competitor who holds a Junior-International Licence may elect to move
to Seniors at age fifteen (15)
(b) A Junior driver may elect to move to Seniors at age sixteen (16) or any time
between then and the end of the calendar year.
(c) A Junior driver competitor from age fifteen (15) must have the following
accreditation to progress to senior status prior to their sixteenth (16th) birthday.
1. Hold a minimum B grade licence.
2. Have six (6) upgrade endorsements noted in their licence since attaining a
B licence AND whilst 15 years old.
3. A junior with a B grade licence, issued (as per item 2), upon moving to
89.
senior, will have a restricted 100cc licence.
a) A junior with a B licence issued (as per item 3) will require a further
six (6) upgrade endorsements of the restricted senior licence prior to
being issued a senior B grade open / unrestricted licence,
4. Junior A grade licence holders from age 15 must have six (6) upgrade
endorsements to move to a senior A grade open / unrestricted licence.
(d) To be eligible for Junior Clubman a driver must hold a B grade Junior licence
and be a minimum of 13 years of age.
(e) To be eligible for Intercontinental A Junior and Junior Piston Port at club and
open meetings, a driver must have a minimum B Grade Junior Licence with
endorsements from three (3) open meetings in either Junior National or Junior
Clubman Class as having reached a satisfactory standard for advancement.
(f) To be eligible for Intercontinental A Junior and Junior Piston Port at State or
National Championships, a driver must have an AKA A grade licence or a Junior
International C licence and have conformed to Rule 13.21. 3(e)
(g) To be eligible to compete in International Competitions a junior must hold an
International C Grade Licence.
(h) To be eligible to compete in an International Championship a junior must hold
an International C grade Licence.
(i) Once a driver has competed in Seniors the right to return to Juniors is forfeited.
4 Seniors:
(a) To be eligible for Intercontinental A at State or Australian Championships, a
driver must have an AKA A grade or International, B or A grade licence
(b) To be eligible to compete in Intercontinental A at an International Competition
a senior must hold either an International C or B grade licence.
(c) to be eligible to compete in Intercontinental A at an International Championship
a driver must hold an International B grade licence.
(d) To be eligible for Formula A at State or Australian championships, International
A grade licence or AKA FA grade licence.
(i) Three endorsements on an A grade licence achieved by acceptable
competition in Intercontinental A at National Championship level; or
(ii) By request to the CIK Committee with assessment for upgrade based upon
previous karting experience and achievements.
An endorsement of FA grade will be lost should a competitor elect to down
grade and compete in Intercontinental A at the National Championships.
The endorsement is regained in accordance with a) or b) as above.
(e) to be eligible for Formula A at an International Competition a senior must hold
either an International B or A grade licence.
(f) to be eligible for Formula A at an International Championship a driver must hold
an International A grade Licence.
90.
Each medical will expire with the applied licence, e.g. for international licences that will be
31 Dec of each year.
A medical is acceptable for 1 calendar month. Therefore application for a licence must be
made within 31 days of the medical being signed by the doctor.
For December 31 – Feb 28 renewals that are dispatched in November, a medical taken after
1 Nov is valid for a licence for the next year as long as it is received within 31 days of being
undertaken
1. All International licensing provisions are subject to current CIK regulations.
2. Junior: Ages from thirteenth (13) birthday till fifteenth (15) birthday.
(a) C Grade
(i) Obtain a current International medical certificate
(ii) Hold the highest grade of National (AKA) Licence (Junior A grade)
(b) A Junior with an International licence may elect to move to AKA Senior
Division at age 15.
3. Senior: Age 15 and over
(a) C Grade
(i) Obtain a current International Medical Certificate
(ii) hold an AKA Junior A grade licence or hold an International Junior licence
or hold a Senior AKA B grade licence
(b) B Grade
(i) Classify amongst the first five (5) in at least five (5) national events and/or
international events during the 24 months prior to the application. At least
one (1) of these must have been obtained in a National Championship or
an International Event.
(c) A Grade
(i) Must be over 15 years old at the beginning of the meeting.
(ii) Have obtained the following results in international events during the year
prior to application.
(iii) Either he/she has been classified in the first 33% of the participants in a
CIK/FIA Championship, Trophy or Cup run over a single event (if the first
33% represent more drivers than the 34 finalists of a championship, the
rest of the selection of potential grade A applicants will be based on the
finishing order of the second chance heat) OR
(iv) He/she has scored points in the final classification of a CIK/FIA
Championship, Trophy or Cup run over more than one event OR
(v) He/she has been classified in the first 5 in the classification of 3
international events, subject to these results having been obtained with a
grade B international licence.
91.
CHAPTER 14 - PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
92.
c) Tighten chin straps securely (the chin strap must be under tension at all times);
ensure therefore that the strap cannot slip.
d) With head forward attempt to pull up the back of the helmet, ensure that the helmet
cannot be removed by this method
e) Ensure you can see over each shoulder
f) Make sure nothing impedes your breathing in the helmet and never cover your
nose or mouth other than with a flame resistant balaclava or face mask
g) Never wear a scarf or other loose clothing that could come loose.
h) Ensure the visor can be opened with one gloved hand
i) Satisfy yourself that the back of your helmet provides protection for your neck.
14.01(a) This rule applies to Midgets and Rookies only. When the smallest helmet which offers one
piece moulded full facial protection can be removed while the chin strap is correctly fastened,
it is permitted to use a motor cross helmet which offers chin protection in conjunction with
goggles for eye protection.
14.02 Visor:
Visors shall be worn at all times, it is not permitted to remove the visor from the helmet. When
fitted with a spinning rain deflector, the visor may be modified to allow clear forward view but
must give protection to the eyes and face at all times. Clear / night visors are mandatory for
race meetings or sections of the same conducted after sunset.
If prescription, corrective glasses or contact lenses are required they must be worn behind the
visor and not in place of it. Lenses shall be of a plastic material with a high impact resistance
and satisfactory optical properties. Glass lenses of any kind are not acceptable.
14.04 Gloves: Gloves, to the satisfaction of the Scrutineer, with full-fingered protection must be worn
by all drivers.
14.05 Footwear: Securely fastened footwear must be worn to cover and protect the ankles.
93.
14.06 Wet Weather Clothing: Wet-weather clothing may be worn over approved protective clothing,
during wet conditions.
14.09 Clothing Over Driving Suit: Any clothing worn over the driving suit must be adequately
secured at the neck, waist, wrist and ankles (if applicable) and must not have any protrusions.
14.10 Weights in Clothing: It is an offence to have any weights in a driver's clothing or on the driver's
person.
94.
CHAPTER 15 - FLAG SIGNALS
15.06 Green:
(Optional) All Clear
It can also be used if necessary to signal the start of warm up laps or practice sessions, by
order of the Clerk of Course (usually only used at International meetings).
15.08 Red:
All racing shall cease. Driver will indicate by raising his/her arm and return to the grid at a
greatly reduced speed and in a safe manner being prepared to stop on track if necessary. This
order shall be given only through the Clerk of the Course or Steward of the meeting. Red
lights may be used in addition to the red flag.
15.10 Yellow:
Danger – Reduce Speed
Maintain position until an operational flag point that is not displaying a yellow flag has been
passed. To assist following competitors and if it can be done with safety a competitor should
raise one arm to indicate that he/she is slowing for the yellow flag. Failure to slow to a safe
speed for a yellow flag will be considered a serious breach of these rules.
95.
15.11 Yellow with Red Stripes: (Vertical)
Deterioration of adhesion. Informs drivers that the conditions of adhesion of the track
surface have suddenly deteriorated in the area beyond the flag. This flag is most frequently
used to signal that oil has been dropped on the track, but it can also be used to inform drivers
of either a pool of water large enough to cause aquaplaning, or that due to a local shower
drivers are about to pass from a dry to a slippery surface; that being the case, the flag will be
displayed accompanied by a hand pointed to the sky. This flag shall be displayed for four laps
or until the surface returns to normal. It is not necessary for the sector beyond where the flag
is being shown to show a green flag.
96.
race finishing order will be as karts cross the finishing line on the lap when the black and
white chequered flag is displayed. This flag shall also signify the end of practice and timed
sessions. Karts that have finished the race, and cleared the Finish line safely, shall not pass
karts that are still racing.
97.
FLAG EXAMPLES: Min size - 500mm x 500mm
15.05 National Flag 15.06 Green Flag 15.07 Green & Yellow
Chevron Flag
15.08 Red Flag 15.09 Red & White 15.10 Yellow Flag
Chequered Flag
15.11 Red & Yellow 15.12 Blue Flag 15.13 Blue & Red
Stripe Flag Double Diagonal Flag
15.14 Black & White 15.15 Black Flag 15.16 Black with
Diagonal Flag Orange Disc Flag
98.
CHAPTER 16 - RULES OF THE ROAD
99.
(c) In the event of a spin or collision during the rolling laps prior to the Start:-
(i) Midgets, Rookies and Juniors are permitted to be restarted with the assistance
of delegated persons at the discretion of the Grid Marshall, Clerk of Course or
Steward.
(ii) Seniors may restart themselves however outside assistance to push karts by
delegated persons (maximum 2) may be permitted at the discretion of the Grid
Marshall, Clerk of Course or Steward.
(d) Before the start of a race, delegated persons (1 per competitor and not an official) may
assist a driver to repair, alter or adjust their karts in the track area.
(e) Karts fitted with Clutches:
In the event of a spin or stoppage on the track – karts fitted with clutches may
continue racing provided always that:
(i) The driver does not alight from the kart. Not applicable to endurance karting.
(ii) That the kart proceeds with it’s own power.
(iii) The kart proceeds as soon as safely possible to the direction of racing.
(iv) There is no assistance given to get the kart mobile.
(v) Karts fitted with an electric starter may restart engine, and must resume racing
within one lap.
(f) The Starter is not obliged to allow any additional formation lap to allow a driver who
has lost his/her place to regain it.
(g) During racing delegated persons may assist in the removal of karts from the race track
and to a place of safety.
Safety Notes
> Delegated persons must retire to a safe position once the race has commenced.
> During racing Flag Marshal Assistants may remove stationery karts from the track
16.09 Observed Driving:
Stewards and/or Clerk of the Course have the right to submit any driver to official practice
laps for observation and have the right to decide whether or not any driver reaches such
standards as they may deem necessary.
16.10 Practice Discretion:
Normally in those cases where drivers do not obtain any practice, they may be placed at the
rear of the grid, irrespective of any allotted grid position, or they may be excluded from the
event, at the discretion of Stewards.
16.11 Race Stoppage:
Races may only be stopped under extreme emergency and by using the red flag/lights.
(a) When a race is stopped it must be restarted over the remaining number of laps as
approved by the Stewards, unless
i. it is at least 50% complete at the time. In this case places will be awarded
according to the position at the end of the lap prior to race cessation.
ii. It is a State or National Championship event where less than 3 laps remain to
be completed. In this case places will be awarded according to the position at
the end of the lap prior to race cessation.
(b) Any competitor who is stationary when red flag is used to stop a race will not be
permitted in the re–start of that race. There shall be no complaint or appeal against
this section of Rule 16.11(b).
100.
(c) After a red flag incident the karts are to be impounded in “parc ferme” and no work
is permitted to be carried out unless instructed by the Chief Technical Inspector.
(d) Re-Start of Race:
(1) Positions to be as last recorded lap. If the lap scorers do not have a complete
record of all starters, the Stewards may re-start the race in the original order
with grid positions revised after exclusion of those who are ineligible under
Rule 16.11(b).
(2) If the race is stopped on the first lap, the race is restarted in the original grid
order and formation after the exclusion of those who are ineligible under Rule
16.11(b).
(3) If a re-start is to be conducted over the laps remaining, such re-start is to be in
single file at up to race speed.
16.12 Injured Driver Clearance:
Any driver who is injured or appears to be injured, can be instructed by the Stewards or Clerk
of Course to obtain a clearance in writing from the appointed first aid officer, ambulance
officer or doctor and present his/her clearance to the Chief Steward. The Stewards will then
decide whether the driver can take part in the race meeting. There shall be no complaint or
appeal against the Stewards' decision in this matter.
16.13 Contact of Karts:
(a) A driver who causes a kart to make contact with another kart may be penalised.
(b) A driver who drives or acts in a manner that could endanger themselves or any other
persons may be penalised.
16.14 Ducking Head:
Drivers ducking their head in a manner that will impede forward vision will be penalised.
16.15 Shaking Hands:
Drivers shaking each other's hands, whilst driving, shall be penalised.
16.16 Finishing Under Power:
A kart must complete the Course under its own designed motive power. A kart could coast
over the line without manual assistance and be classed as a finisher provided he/she receives
the Finishing Flag.
16.17 During a race:
1) A kart alone on the track may use the full width of the track. However, as soon as it
is caught up on a straight line by a kart which is either temporarily or constantly
faster, the driver shall maintain his/her line.
2) Curves, as well as the approaches and exit zones thereof, may be negotiated by drivers
any way they wish within the limits of the track. Overtaking may be done either on
the right or the left. However, manoeuvres liable to hinder other drivers, such as
premature direction changes, deliberate crowding of karts towards the inside or
outside of the curve or any other abnormal braking or changes of direction, are strictly
prohibited and shall be penalised according to the importance and repetition of the
offence.
101.
CHAPTER 17 - CIRCUIT SAFETY REGULATIONS
It will be the responsibility of the State Track Inspector to assess existing circuits on their merit
and to advise each club with the necessary upgrading over a period of time (if necessary) to the
required safety standard.
The circuit licence is to be displayed in the Stewards Room and be maintained in a legible
condition.
17 03 Circuit Maintenance
(i) Routine Circuit Maintenance
It is the responsibility of stewards to check that normal routine maintenance has been
carried out prior to race meetings. In the event that the circuit conditions are not
satisfactory stewards will stop racing until the circuit is to their satisfaction, and report
their action to the Club Safety Officer/Club Representative and the State Karting
Council.
(ii) Stewards Report
The Stewards and the Clerk of the Course are to complete a circuit inspection report, as
part of the Stewards Report, prior to the commencement of competition.
(iii) Complex Log Book
Each complex is to have a duplicate logbook, to be filled out at every race meeting with
the duplicate attached to Stewards report, for comments or recommendations on safety
upgrades or maintenance by the state track inspector, stewards, clerk of the course or
club officials. This logbook is to be kept in the race secretary’s office or stewards’ room.
102.
17.06 Acceleration Line
When karts are approaching the start line in anticipation of a start, it is forbidden for drivers to
accelerate until the front row of karts has crossed the acceleration line.
103.
(c) Stewards
(d) Clerk of the Course
(e) Medical Attendants
(f) Authorised persons to assist drivers. (NOTE: These persons must retire to a safety area
once the race has commenced).
(g) Photographers and other persons (in designated areas at the discretion of the Clerk of
the Course/Stewards).
(h) The Clerk of the Course or Stewards may, if necessary, observe racing from a safe
location even though a tyre barrier may not be in that location. The time spent in this
location must be no longer than necessary.
(i) In the absence of a specified protected area, Stewards must remain behind flag marshal
protection whilst karts are in motion.
(j) A minimum dress standard of a AKA Official Fluoro ORANGE safety vest is to be
worn by Race Officials at race meetings when inside the track boundaries and a
minimum dress standard of an AKA Official Fluoro GREEN safety vest is to be worn
by other officials at race meetings when inside the track boundaries.
104.
(i) Promoters shall, at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of the Meeting, furnish the State
Secretary with three copies of the proposed Supplementary Regulations (for
transmission to the AKA) including names of all Officials, a detailed plan of proposed
temporary circuit, together with the appropriate fee. (Refer Chapter 2 of this Manual).
Supplementary regulations and entry forms are not to be issued until the approval of the
AKA (through the State Secretary) is given. For previously approved circuits with no
changes to track configuration, safety barriers or approved classes, plans are not
required to be submitted with the application.
(ii) The application from the promoting club must include the specific classes to be run.
SKC approval will depend on the circuit safety for competitors and spectators and the
State Track Inspector's opinion.
(iii) A preliminary permit will be issued pending final circuit inspection and approval given
by the Track Inspector(s) for the official permit to be put into place on the day of the
event. Track Inspectors are to endorse Permit on approval of the temporary circuit.
(iv) At least one (1) Interstate Track Inspector must be present for the duration of the event
and for the supervision and construction of the event's circuit.
(v) The Interstate Track Inspector, in conjunction with the State Track Inspector, has the
power to licence the temporary circuit, authorise that the track is satisfactory for the
commencement of competition, require variations to the circuit and to stop the
competition at any time.
(vi) Expenses associated with accommodation, meals, travel, etc. for the Interstate Track
Inspector are to be paid by the Promoting Club. 50% of the travel expenses for the
Interstate Track Inspector will be paid by the AKA.
(vii) Competitors competing at an Open Meeting on a temporary circuit must be a minimum
'B' Grade licence holder AND have an endorsement in their licence / log book to
indicate that they have competed previously at an Open meeting in the class for which
they have nominated to compete.
(viii) All corners and chicanes must have kerbing on the inside and be such that a kart can
run over it and continue in a safe manner.
105.
CHAPTER 18 - NATIONAL CIRCUIT CONSTRUCTION
& SAFETY STANDARDS
The following are the regulations of the AKA for permanent bitumen and dirt surfaced Sprint Kart Tracks
in Australia. These regulations must be complied with for new circuits or major circuit alterations to an
existing circuit. The NKC, AKA Secretariat and the State Track Inspectors, reserve the right to vary these
requirements at any time, with issues of safety being paramount. Other additional requirements as required
by Local and State Governments and State Karting Councils may also be applied.
18.01 Definitions
Catch Traps An area of loose material designed to slow a kart, which has left the track
surface, before it impacts a safety barrier or fence.
Circuits The area and all features, bounded by and including the perimeter safety
fence and grids.
Complex The race complex in its entirety, including track, paddock, grids,
buildings, spectators areas and vehicle parking.
Corner A change in direction of the track, in excess of 20 degrees, generally with
a radius to the inside and outside edges.
Kerb A raised concrete barrier on the inside edge of a track corner, constructed
to a specified profile, to deter karts from driving off the track.
Paddock An area set aside for the use by competitors for kart maintenance, repair
and storage during the course of an event. Clubs may put in place access
exclusions to the paddock for vehicles and the general public.
Parc Ferme A secure area adjacent the track and under the control of Officials. The
general public is prohibited to enter this area and procedures may be put
in place to restrict access by competitors and other persons.
Ripple Strip A profiled concrete strip on the outside edge of a track corner, constructed
to a specified profile, to deter karts from driving off the track.
Run-off Area The area from the edge of the track to the first line of protection.
Safety Barrier An energy-absorbing barrier designed to protect a kart and driver from
hitting a solid object or official.
Safety Catch Fence A fence structure used to safely restrain the forward movement of a kart
that has left the track. It is of a higher standard than a safety fence.
Safety Fence A structure erected as a final defence to safety restrain the forward
movement of a kart that has left the track. A circuit will have a safety fence
for its full perimeter.
Security Fence A fence constructed to prevent the access of all persons to a secure area.
Spectator Fence A low profile fence constructed to restrict the access of all persons to a
specified area. Start Grid An area set aside from the paddock and track for
the assembly of karts in race order prior to the start of a race. Access
restrictions may apply. Straight The section of track between two corners.
Track A permanent or temporary course being a surface normally defined
106.
by a single edge line, kerbs and ripple strips at each side of the course used
for karting competitions.
Stands and Temporary Structures
All spectator stands, viewing platforms and like structures whether of a
temporary or permanent nature, must be approved by the appropriate
statutory or regulatory body(ies) charged with the responsibility of
approving such structures and thereafter be maintained and repaired so
that such structures, at all times, remain in full and strict compliance with
the approval conditions as they exist from time to time.
• Are the approaches, ramps, steps etc firm, clean and non-slip? Are
handrails provided?
• Have hazards recognised from previous events been corrected (loose
boards, slippery floors, inadequate guardrails etc)? Is there any loose
iron or other projections liable to injure, or cause damage?
Weigh-In-Area An area set aside from the paddock and track for the assembly of karts at
the end of a race prior to being weighed. Access restrictions may apply.
107.
18.04 Circuit Grading Criteria
GRADE EVENT STATUS CRITERIA
International CIK/FIA Refer CIK/FIA
A, B & C. International Events Homologation Regulations
A moratorium to year 2010 on track length and specifications subject to safety issues.
<500 20 22 24
500 - 625 22 24 26
626 - 750 24 26 28
751 - 875 28 30 32
876 - 1000 32 34 36
> 1000 NA 38 40
The National Track Safety Coordinator has the authority to reassess a track as to the number of
karts eligible for competition on a track.
108.
4. Track Width
(a) All straights over 80m in length are to be minimum width of eight (8) metres;
elsewhere the minimum width will be 7 metres.
(b) For all existing tracks, all straights over 80m in length are to be minimum width
of 7 metres; elsewhere the minimum width will be 6 metres.
(c) Track widths will be measured over the sealed bitumen surface, excluding any
kerbs or ripple strips.
5. Separation
(a) The distance between high speed converging sections of track shall be a
minimum of twenty (20) metres, between track edges, on all new tracks and
major alterations, unless the National Safety Committee approves a suitable
alternative.
(b) All other sections of the track shall have a minimum of fourteen (14) metres
separation, apart from the area around the internal radius of any corner.
6. Track Gradient
The recommended maximum longitudinal gradient will be 5% and recommended
maximum transverse gradient will be 10%.
7. Vertical Clearance
There shall be no permanent or temporary objects within 3 metres vertically above the
surface.
2. No Mans Land
(a) All tracks are to have a “no mans land” marked on the track immediately before
the starting line.
(b) The marking will be located in the centre of the starting straight, a minimum of
200mm and a maximum of 800mm in width and must be painted white.
(c) The length of the markings will be as required by the State Track Inspector but
will be a minimum of 25 metres from the start line.
3. Baulk Line
All tracks are to have a bright green coloured line painted on the track a maximum of 40
metres from the start grid. This line is the baulk line. For new circuits, it is recommended
109.
that the baulk line not be on the track. Where the distance from the start grid to the track
is in excess of 40 metres, the baulk line may be placed up to 5 metres from the edge of
the track.
4. Acceleration Line
All tracks will have a yellow line painted on the track, at 90 degrees to the track edge,
approximately 25 metres prior to the start line. This line is the acceleration line.
5. Start Line
A white line painted across the track at 90 degrees to the track edge, which may also be
the finish line.
6. Finish Line
A white line painted across the track at 90 degrees to the track edge.
7. Breakdown Lane
(a) Where a mechanical breakdown lane is provided it shall be adjacent to the main
track.
(b) There must be a chicane at the entry to the deceleration lane aimed at
substantially reducing the speed of the karts entering the breakdown lane.
(c) The sealed width of the deceleration lane must be a minimum of 1.5 metres and
a maximum of 2.5 metres.
(d) The sealed width of the stopping area of the breakdown lane must be a minimum
of 3.0 metres and separate from the main track by a safety barrier.
8. Track edges, verges and run-off areas
(a) The track must be bordered all along its length on both sides by compact verges
having an even surface.
(b) These verges must be free of debris or gravel and must normally be grass-covered
over a minimum width of 1.0 metres
(c) The verges must be continuation of the transverse profile of the track, with no
step between track edge and verge. Any horizontal transition must be very gradual
and progressive.
(d) A run-off area is that section of ground between the verge and the first line of
protection and unless otherwise specified must have the same basic
characteristics as the verge, although it may be less stabilised. The run-off area
must be graded to the verge. If there is a negative slope, this must not exceed 5%
for a distance of 10 metres from the track edge; if there is a positive slope, this
must not exceed 10% for a distance of 10 metres from the track edge, with a
smooth transition from track to run-off are.
9. Corners
Kerbs must be laid on the inside of corners to prevent karts moving onto the inside verge
of corners in normal racing.
10. Ripple Strips
(a) Are to be “a minimum” 300mm wide.
(b) The surface will be rippled.
(c) They will be sloped at a negative angle to the plane of the track and a maximum
of 5 degrees.
11. Kerbs
(a) Are to be a maximum of 300mm wide.
(b) Their surface must be smooth.
(c) Their surface must form a positive angle to the plane of the track being a
110.
minimum of 15 degrees and maximum of 20 degrees (equivalent to 80mm to
110mm rise measured at the kerb extremity, for a 300mm wide kerb).
(d) As an approved alternative the current CIK/FIA kerb profile may be used.
(e) It is recommended that the drainage slots be inserted in inside kerbs.
(f) The adjacent verge will be finished level with the top of the kerb.
111.
- Air fence kart
(v) Separation – Safety barriers must be separated by a minimum of 300mm from
any solid object or other safety structure.
(vi) Facings Supply continuous belting face to safety barriers in the areas of frequent
impact. Minimum height to be 500mm, minimum thickness 5mm.
(vii) Fixings
- Rope shall be durable synthetic of a minimum 8mm diameter.
- TEK screws will be a minimum of 4mm diameter with 25mm diameter washers
each side of the fixing.
- Bolts will be a minimum of 4mm diameter with 25mm diameter washer each
side of the fixing.
- Facings to be secured with minimum 6mm dome headed bolt with washers and
nuts internally only, to be fixed on every second tyre row top and bottom.
(b) Locations
Safety barriers may be used in the following locations.
(i) For separation between sections of track.
(ii) In high speed run-off areas, as a line of defence before a safety fence.
(iii) For the protection of all trackside Officials posts, a double tyre barrier at right
angles to the track will be constructed three (3) tyres long by four (4) tyres high,
with a minimum height of 720mm with a 300mm separation all tyres to be bolted
together as per 18.09.1(a)(i). Traffic side of tyre barrier to be painted WHITE.
(iv) Where possible, safety barriers are to be a minimum of four (4) metres from the
edge of the track and have verge and catch track protection prior.
2. Catch Traps
Catch traps are an area of loose material designed to slow a kart, which has left the track
surface, before it impacts a safety barrier or fence.
(a) Construction
(i) Catch traps will consist of a bed of woodchips a minimum of two (2) metres wide
by 300mm deep and a minimum of 300mm above ground level at the leading
edge of the catch trap. The woodchip will be raked regularly to maintain a loose
consistency. OR
(ii) A bed of gravel a minimum of two metres wide by 250mm deep set down 150mm
into the existing surface level so as to produce a 100mm high leading edge. The
stone to be used shall be either round river stone or clean crushed stone of a single
size 5 – 10mm. On a regular basis, the surface of the trap is to be deeply raked up
into ridges approximately 100mm deep and 200mm apart. A correct prepared
gravel trap should be difficult to walk on.
(iii) If either material is not available, then a non-compatible material must be used.
Other materials may be used upon receipt of written approval from the AKA
National Office.
(iv) In high-speed run-off areas the width of the trap will be increased to 4 metres.
(v) The catch trap must be graded to the verge or track surface. If there is a negative
slope, this must not exceed 5% for a distance of 10 metres from the track edge; if
there is a positive slope, this must not exceed 10% for a distance of 10 metres
from the track edge, with a smooth transition from track to run-off area.
(b) Locations
(i) In front of fences in high-speed areas.
112.
(ii) In all areas where deemed necessary by the State Track Inspector.
4. Safety Fence
A safety fence is used to control the access of spectators and unauthorised persons into
dangerous or controlled areas. All circuits will have a safety fence for the full perimeter
of the track. Gates may be provided but these must be able to be locked. Gates must only
swing inwards.
(a) Construction
(i) As a minimum a safety fence will be 1.15 metres high above the adjacent ground
levels. It will be constructed from heavy galvanised wire with a 2.5mm high
tensile tensioned top wire and a lower panel of 6/90/30 hinge joint fencing from
2.5mm wire. Fencing shall be installed to manufactures recommendations
(ii) The maximum spacing of posts will be three metres with corner braces and
strainers as recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum post specification will
be 75mm diameter CCA treated timber or 50mm NB galvanised steel posts.
(iii) The wire mesh must be installed on the trackside of any supporting posts.
(b) Location
(i) A safety fence will be located a minimum of 10 metres from the outside edge of
the track.
5. Spectator Fence
A spectator fence is used to control the access of spectators and unauthorised persons
into dangerous or controlled areas and to maintain a separation from safety or catch fence
at all tracks.
(a) Construction
A spectator fence must be a minimum of five (5) 2.5mm wire strands evenly spaced over
the entire height, support posts at a maximum spacing of three metres. It will have a
minimum height of 0.9 metres. A spectator fence is to have warning signs at 10m
spacings stating, “KEEP OUT – PROHIBITED AREA”.
(b) Location
In all areas where spectators are allowed, a spectator fence will be installed, set back a
minimum of 0.8 metres and a maximum 1.8 metres from any safety fence or safety catch
113.
fence.
6. Security Fence
A fence erected to define and maintain a secure area such as parc ferme. It may be
permanent or temporary. The fence will normally be 1.8 to 2.4 metres high chain wire
supported on posts.
1 Fire extinguishers to be of a type suitable for flammable liquid fire and be non-hazardous
to humans. Minimum 2.5kg and must have current certification tag.
2 Notices for fire extinguishers, 1000mm by 600mm, with lettering a minimum height of
180mm, are to be located with the bottom of the sign 2 metres above the ground at all
locations in the parc ferme/paddock area, exceptions being the scale area and the fuel
dispensing and testing areas and these areas must have suitable signs displayed.
3 Entrants may be required to supply an approved filled fire extinguisher in their paddock
space, but the presence of such extinguisher shall not relieve the organisers of the
obligation to supply adequate fire fighting equipment for the circuit as a whole.
114.
lighting will be either permanently on or be instantly on during racing, in the event of
loss of power to the main lights. The emergency lighting only needs to last for 5 minutes
until the officials have had a chance to stop racing. The minimum number of lights will
be one (1) light for every two hundred metres of track. Positioning of the lights will be
at the discretion of the State Track Inspector. System eg. Minimum 12-volt battery
powered back up or similar.
The notice board will be located in the paddock area and will be used to display all official
communications to competitors and race information. It is recommended that the notice board
be lockable and protected from the weather.
115.
(h) As a minimum both sides of the start grid must be enclosed with a spectator fence
spaced at a minimum of 7 metres to a maximum of 9 metres apart for a single
grid and minimum of 12.5 metres to a maximum of 15 metres apart for a double
grid.
2. Weigh In Area
(a) The weigh in area must be fenced to prevent entry of unauthorised personnel. As
a minimum a safety fence will be used.
(b) Scales are to be located at the end of the weigh in area away from the track.
(c) The surface is to be bitumen sealed or concrete and to be of sufficient area to
accommodate the maximum grid capacity. (allow 4.0 m2 per kart)
(d) Access to the weigh in area will be by way of a deceleration lane. The sealed
width of the deceleration lane must be a minimum of 1.5 m and a maximum of
2.5 m with an overall clear width of 3.0 m.
(e) The deceleration lane will include suitable bends or a tyre chicane to slow the
travel of karts. The weigh in area should be protected from an out of control kart
by a catch trap or safety barrier.
(f) An entry lane to the deceleration lane may be painted on the track.
116.
18.18 Control Tower
It is recommended that control towers be adequately covered, closed and ventilated with access
by way of a permanent stairway. This area is to be considered out of bounds except for essential
race day Officials or their delegated messengers.
18.23 Amenities
(1) toilet and canteen facilities are to comply with Local Council regulations.
(2) The design and maintenance of all facilities should be such to ensure that the safety of
spectators and competitors is paramount.
(3) Paths and trafficable surfaces should be even and non-slip.
(4) Electrical and communication wires should be under ground or strung on poles and any
hazardous areas isolated.
(5) All new tracks must have a toilet that is accessible for disabled persons.
18.24 Parking
(1) All circuits must have a designated parking area for competitors, officials and spectators.
(2) All circuits must have a designated area, outside the fenced-in-track area, for the storage
of track maintenance equipment and the parking of service vehicles.
(3) All circuits must have a designated area for parking an ambulance and pick up vehicle/s.
this area must be positioned so as not to cause a hazard for competitors or officials. If
necessary, a safety barrier must be constructed.
117.
(1) Waivers
WARNING:- Go-Kart racing is dangerous.
Spectators are reminded that motor racing is dangerous and accidents can happen. All care is
taken to protect the public, but spectators are warned there is a possibility of an accident causing
injury, death or property damage. By entry into the racing circuit , the spectator acknowledges
that there is a degree of danger, and the promoter, clubs, corporations, organisations and
persons having any connection with the promoting, organising or conduct of the event shall have
no liability to the spectator except where due care and skill has not been exercised.
(2) Practice restrictions
(3) Direction of practice / racing (Refer rule 18.13)
(4) Fire Extinguishers (Refer rule 18.10)
(5) Requirement to sign Indemnity Form.
(6) Tyre Fitting
When fitting tyres a safety cage must be used.
118.
119.
120.
CHAPTER 19 - GENERAL STANDING REGULATIONS
19.03 Complaints:
Competitors' attention is drawn to the rules governing Complaints. (Refer Chapter 7.)
19.04 Insurance:
AKA Public Risk Insurance cover is applicable to the Meeting. Drivers and Officials are
insured under the Drivers' Personal Accident Scheme. (Refer Chapter 3).
19.07 Formulae:
(a) All karts shall be required to comply with the relevant Australian Kart Formula.
(b) Weights: To be minimum combined kart/driver weight for Sprint racing as per Class
Specifications.
19.08 Numbers:
Identifying numbers shall be displayed so they are clearly legible and shall be maintained in
this condition throughout any event in which the kart is competing.
Number plates: shall be coloured as follows. (Refer also Rule 25.17).
Driver Background Number
Senior Yellow Black
Junior White Black
Rookie/Midget White Red
121.
19.10 Identifying Marks:
(i) When passed by the Scrutineers, each kart shall have affixed to it an identifying mark.
The Grid Marshal shall not allow any kart to practice or race without such
identification and failure to comply will result in exclusion for that Meeting.
(ii) The first set of tyres must be marked prior to commencement or completion of the
first section of the event.
Additional tyre to be marked as required, subject to Scrutineers' decision. Additional
tyres must be marked and recorded by Scrutineers before use. It is the competitor’s
responsibility to ensure his/her tyres are marked.
(iii) Spray painting of engines as a method of engine marking is prohibited. (The AKA
recommends that a seal be used.)
(iv) When a competitor is running in an engine(s) during practice they must display a
diagonal RED cross on the rear number plate. This cross must be clearly visible.
19.11 Re-Scrutineering:
Karts damaged during practice or racing due to an accident are required to be returned to the
scrutineering bay for examination by scrutineers. They will not be released to entrants other
than upon the direction of the Chief Scrutineer.
19.13 Advertising:
Advertising is allowed on karts or driver's overalls or helmets, subject to the following
conditions:
(a) No advertising to be closer than 50mm from the number background.
(b) No numerals are allowed.
(c) No advertisements in bad taste will be permitted.
The Stewards shall have the sole responsibility for the definition of bad taste.
Apart from the above requirements the style, size, number, location and subject matter of
advertising on karts shall be free.
The Clerk of the Course and the Stewards can direct that a sign be removed or covered if they
consider it contravenes any of the above regulations. Their decision shall not be subject to
appeal in respect of that Meeting.
122.
(d) When classes are run co-jointly, provisional licence holders must start at the rear of
the entire field in all events. Refer definition 1.07
123.
19.18 Driver’s Briefing:
Drivers' briefing will be held prior to commencement of racing. All drivers entered must
attend.
124.
(d) At temporary circuits the supplementary regulations, the stewards of the meeting or
the track inspectors can stipulate that an inline start will be used. If this is specified
a single line formation in grid order must be maintained until the starting signal is
given. Pole sitter will be responsible for setting a reasonable speed in the roll up laps.
This rule will not alter starting procedure as Rule 19.26 or in Rule 16.11.
(e) Clutch driven motors must not be started until directed by the Grid Marshall. The
drive wheels must remain stationary. The driver must be in the kart.
19.26 Starting:
Le Mans type starts are forbidden.
The Starter shall, from the moment the drivers come under “Starters orders” until he/she has
given the starting signal, fulfil all duties of Clerk of Course.
(i) Rolling Starts: Driver must maintain his/her grid position until the starting signal has
been given. Failure to do so may incur a penalty. The Starter will be in a position near
the starting area. A driver not in his/her correct grid position should signify by raising
his/her hand above his/her head. Hands raised unnecessarily will incur a penalty. The
field will complete approximately one full formation lap before the start signal will
be given. It is the driver’s responsibility to retain his/her grid position and the Starter
is not obligated to allow any additional formation lap to allow a driver who has lost
his/her place to regain it.
(ii) The practice of weaving to warm tyres during the first rolling lap is permitted except
when timed qualifying sessions are used. The first rolling lap will be terminated as
karts pass the grid apron the first time including when short circuits or roll up cut off
areas are used unless the track licence defines otherwise. Weaving to warm up tyres
at any time after leaving grid in Timed Qualifying Sessions is prohibited.
(iii) The driver on pole position, under direction from the Starter or Clerk of the Course
shall set the speed at which all competitors shall approach the starting area in
anticipation of a start signal.
(iv) The starter will give the start signal as soon as he/she is satisfied with the formation.
It is forbidden for drivers to accelerate until the front row of karts have crossed the
yellow acceleration line painted on the track surface or the start signal has been given,
whichever occurs first.
(v) All tracks are to have a “no mans land” marked on the track immediately before the
starting area. Any kart entering this section of the track before the starting signal is
given may be penalised.
(vi) In the event of karts breaking formation before the start of a race or not complying
with the requirements of Rule 19.26 or Rule 17.07 the event may be stopped at the
discretion of the Starter and/or the Clerk of Course/Stewards.
The offending driver or drivers may be penalised after the red and white flag is used
to return the class to the grid.
Continued offences will lead to exclusion. The effect of giving notice of appeal does
not apply to Rule 19.26.
125.
(vii) Standing Starts: Karts will receive two (2) warm up laps, all karts must be stationary
in proper grid order until starting signal is given. A driver whose kart stalls must raise
one arm as a signal to warn other drivers. The start signal will be given within ten
seconds of all karts becoming stationary. Once all other karts have left the grid any
stalled karts may be restarted by persons authorised by Clerk of Course.
19.29 The direction of racing shall be set out in the Supplementary Regulations.
19.31 “Reserved”
2 Either the engine make, model and number OR numbered seal/tag required on the
scrutineering report as a means of identification for final Technical Inspection and for
spot checking during competition.
3 If engine identification tags/seals have not been issued, and recorded at scrutineering
then the replacement motor, which is required for use, must be presented to the
Scrutineer for recording of appropriate identification.
126.
4 Components/accessories may be also marked or sealed and number recorded to
provide a means of identification for final engine inspection and for spot checking
during competition.
5 If a motor, component or accessory that has been marked, sealed or recorded in any
way, is required to be replaced, then it must first be presented to the Scrutineer for
technical inspection, except when the replacement motor has been sealed/tagged and
recorded on the scrutineering report form
6 Seals may only be removed by the Scrutineer.
7 All motors that have been scrutineered for competition OR sealed must be presented
for final Technical Inspection on completion of competition.
8 At State and National Bitumen Championships an engine cannot be used by more
than one competitor or in more than one class.
9 All motors must be fitted with sealing nuts appropriate for the respective type of
engine unless specifically noted in class regulations. A Sealing Nut is an extended
head or cylinder nut that has a minimum 3mm hole through one end that will allow
the fitting of an engine seal/tag and is solid at its outer extremity. The nut must not be
able to turn or be removed once fitted with a seal.
1 Engines with integral cylinder and head studs:
The two (2) sealing nuts must be adjacent and the 3mm holes must be above the
head fins.
2 Engines with head studs independent of cylinder studs:
The two (2) sealing nuts must have the 3mm holes above the cylinder fins and
be adjacent. One internal hex cylindrical cylinder nut (cylinder to crankcase) to
be fitted on the drive side (for ease of checking).
3 Water Cooled Engines:
Two (2) head studs to be replaced by sealing nuts.
10 Standard Method of Issue of Engine Seals/Tags.
1 Engine tags to be issued to the competitor with passes and entry
acknowledgment and detailed against the competitor’s entry. Fitting and
responsibility notice to be provided with tags and/or displayed in a prominent
place / notice boards(s)
2 Competitor to fit seal leaving the tail at full length.
3 Competitor deemed not to have fulfilled their duty to manage the seals should
there be a loss or damage to or failure to produce the correct seals when
requested.
4 Rotoseals to be fitted by officials of the meeting.
19.34 Change of Tyres: (Refer Chapter 23 or class technical detail for further information.)
Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in these rules.
(i) A Competitor is permitted to use only one set of prescribed dry tyres AND only one
set of prescribed wet weather tyres in any class, at any event.
(ii) Competitors may choose to use either the prescribed dry tyres or the prescribed wet
weather tyres, according to track conditions, for any part of an event.
(a) Kart set up restrictions apply, refer side pod rule R25.02(vii) and diagram refer E-E.
(b) The mixing of dry and wet weather tyres on a kart during competition is not
permitted. (with the exception of speedway karting)
127.
(iii) One (1) damaged or worn out tyre (front or rear) of both the prescribed dry and wet
weather tyres per event may be replaced with the consent of the scrutineer, who will
impound the replaced tyre.
(iv) Damaged or worn out tyres (by way of force majeure) must be reported to and be
inspected by the Chief Scrutineer prior to the kart leaving the grid/impound area,
replacement(s) will be at the competitors cost.
Drivers receiving a replacement(s) will be required to start at the rear of the grid in their next
competition, the only exceptions to this is a tyre with a manufacturing defect (as approved
by the tyre representative and/or the Chief Scrutineer) and/or the competitor electing to use
an approved used tyre.
128.
19.39 Alcohol and Drug Testing:
The AKA has adopted the Australian Sports Commissions policy on Drugs in Sport, which
is in accordance with the FIA regulations. The IOC list of substances applies. Alcohol and
marijuana are also prohibited.
As a condition of entry a driver may be tested at any time for the consumption of alcohol or
illegal substances.
The AKA recommends that Breathalyser Units be digital and self-calibrating.
Breathalyser Testing Procedure and Timetable:
Testing as per instructions with the Breathalyser Unit.
If positive (excess of 0.02 mg/100ml) then
(a) record the reading and time of test
(b) chaperone the person until a further test can be taken twenty (20) minutes after the
first test
(c) record the second result and time of test
If both tests are positive (in excess of 0.02 mg/100ml) then proceed with a complaint.
129.
CHAPTER 20 - NATIONAL AND STATE CHAMPIONSHIP EVENTS
The following regulations shall be strictly adhered to by any person or Club given the authority to promote the
AKA National Sprint Kart Championships (Easter) and a State Championship.
20.03 Optional: State Championships, may be split into series or divisions, which may be run
at separate venues on separate dates.
20.04 Circuit Plan and Modifications: Plan of all circuits, parc ferme area and competitors facilities
are to be sent to the AKA and be certified by the State Track Inspector as correct. Prior to a State
or National Championship being conducted on a modified circuit, the Organisers of the event shall
be required to satisfactorily conduct at least one race meeting on that circuit.
20.05 Supplementary Regulations: Supplementary regulations for National and State Championships
are to be prepared in conjunction with the Host Club of the event and the State body that the sup
regs pertain to.
20.06 Title Events: It is recommended that where special regional events are held in each State that these
be called “Titles”, so that the Regulations that strictly govern Championship Events may be
adjusted to local conditions and entries.
20.07 Application for Permit: Promoters shall, at least four (4) months prior to the date of the meeting
furnish the State Secretary with one (1) complete copy of the proposed Supplementary
130.
Regulations. These proposed Supplementary Regulations with the appropriate fee are to be in the
hands of the AKA Secretary three (3) months prior to the first day of competition. Supplementary
Regulations and entry forms are not to be issued until the approval of the AKA (through the State
Secretary) is given for the appointment of the officers listed and other details as appropriate.
Non compliance with this rule will be the imposition of a fine of $25 per day for each day late. The
fine to be the responsibility of the State Body with redress to the Club concerned.
All appointed officials must be sent a copy of the Supplementary Regulations as soon as approved.
It shall be the responsibility of the club to send approved supplementary regulations to each state
secretary at least two months prior to the meeting. The State Secretaries shall be responsible for the
distribution of the supplementary regulations to their respective affiliated clubs.
STATE CHAMPIONSHIIPS
Track will only be open for practice the two (2) days immediately before the event. (Track will be
closed to all practice from the Monday prior until commencement of practice). Practice timetable
are to be circulated with the Supplementary Regulations and displayed at the circuit.
NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS
The Promoters will make available the race circuit for a minimum of four (4) days for practice to
all nominated drivers. These days for practice are to be within six (6) days of the commencement
of the event and listed in the Supplementary Regulations. Practice timetables are to be circulated
with the Supplementary Regulations and displayed at the circuit.
20.09 Timing and Lap Scoring Recording System at National and State Bitumen Championships:
(a) For time qualifying, the electronic equipment shall be the minimum standard of the AMB
400 transponder system with infrared backup.
(b) For lap-scoring recording, the minimum standard is to be the AMB 400 transponder
System with manual lap-scoring as a backup.
20.11 Preference for Easter National Bitumen Championship and CIK/FIA Oceania
Championship Events:
a) During the conduct of Easter National Championships:
(i) No other karting events will be authorised in the same state
(ii) In OTHER states only closed or normal sprint race meetings may be held.
(iii) No adjoining state is permitted to conduct a major event other than a normal meeting.
b) During the conduct of the Oceania Championship
(provided 12 months notice is given for specific date)
(i) No other karting events will be authorised in the same state.
(ii) In OTHER states, no other major (championship) events can be authorised.
131.
20.12 Entries:
(a) It shall be the responsibility of the Promoters to send entry forms and approved
Supplementary Regulations to each State Secretary at least two months prior to the
Meeting. The State Secretaries shall be responsible for the distribution of the entry forms
to their respective affiliated Clubs.
(b) Entries for Easter Nationals shall close a minimum of twenty one (21) days prior to the
first day of competition. Entries for State Championships shall close a minimum of twenty
one (21) days prior to the first day of competition when tyre pooling distribution is adopted.
If no tyre pooling distribution, then entries close a minimum of fourteen (14) days prior to
the first day of competition.
A complete entry list for National and State Championship is to be dispatched by the
organisers to the AKA within 72 hours (3 working days) of the closing date of the entries.
Late entries will not be accepted under any circumstances.
The promoting club reserves the right to accept fax or email entries before closing date if
they wish to do so credit card details MUST be supplied. If this is adopted it MUST be
stipulated in the supplementary regulations also the fee for credit card processing.
(c) If there are insufficient entries to constitute a Class by the listed close of entries then the
Class will NOT be contested. All drivers whose entry is not accepted for any Class shall be
notified as soon as possible and entry fee will be returned.
20.14 Entry Form: The provisions contained in the Entry Form herewith shall be read in conjunction
with, and shall form part of these regulations. In exceptional circumstances the NKC may give
approval for lesser entries in a particular class/classes to be run at State Championship Events. The
initial request must be made by the promoting club through their State Office and such decision
may be made by phone hook-up.
1. Entry Forms which are incomplete or not accompanied by the appropriate entry fee will be
rejected.
2. The making of a false or incorrect statement on an entry form may result in the non-
acceptance of the entry.
3. Multiple entries from one entrant in any one class will be accepted provided different
drivers are specified with each entry in that Class. A driver may only QUALIFY and race
one (1) entry per class. A separate entry form is required for each entry.
132.
4. If fewer than:-
(i) Fourteen (14) genuine entries are received for a particular class for NATIONAL
SPRINT CHAMPIONSHIPS (Bitumen) or
(ii) Eight (8) genuine entries are received for a particular class for STATE SPRINT
CHAMPIONSHIPS (Bitumen) with the exception of Tasmania and Northern
Territory or
(iii) Five (5) genuine entries are received for a particular class for National and State DIRT
TRACK CHAMPIONSHIPS, then that class MUST be withdrawn.
20.16 Results: The Promoters shall, within seven (7) days after the end of the Meeting, provide to the
AKA and to all competitors a dated and signed list entitled “Official Provisional Results”.
The results will show:
(a) All entrants in each Class together with their respective total points or finishing order and
also fastest qualifying time in each class.
(b) Promoters of National and State Championships shall furnish all State Secretaries with the
Results of all National and State Championships.
20.17 Trophies:
(a) AKA is responsible for providing trophies for the AKA National Championships to a
minimum value of $750 per Class (club to reimburse the AKA on receipt of invoice for cost
of trophies)
(b) Trophies for State Championships shall be a minimum of $300 per Class.
(c) State/Club shall be responsible to forward to the AKA Secretary, within fourteen (14) days
of the event a copy of the financial statement of the monies received for nominations and
a detailed list of the exact amount spent.
(d) NATIONAL SPRINT CHAMPIONS: Will be allocated GREEN number plates with a
yellow number 1 for the period they remain a National Champion. The plates are to be used
only in the class they were awarded. (First Place Only.) (Sprint and Dirt.) (Number plates
for National Champions are to be issued by the Promoting Club and available for
presentation with the Trophies.)
(e) STATE SPRINT CHAMPIONS: Will be allocated BLUE number plates with white numbers
bearing their own state number for the period they remain a State Champion. The plates are
to be used only in the class they were awarded. (First Place Only.) (Sprint and Dirt.)
(Number plates for State Champions are to be issued by the Promoting Club and available
for presentation with the Trophies.)
133.
(c) Dirt Track Championships and National Dirt Track Championship. NKC may approve
other licence holders outside of the AKA.
(d) Drivers are reminded that they must carry their licence at all times during practice and the
meeting, as they will be required to produce same for checking and identification. (See
Rule 13.14.)
20.19 Provisional Licence Holders are not eligible for State or Easter National Championships.
20.20 Engine and Chassis Sealing (State and Easter National Championships)
a) All engines must have provision for sealing in accordance with rule 19.33.
b) A Plastic seal in conjunction with a colour coded event tag is to be used for identification
of engines and chassis at National and State Championships.
c) Engine seals will not be distributed prior to event.
20.21 Events
(1) Classes for Easter National Championships 2007 are as follows:
SENIORS JUNIORS
100cc Clubman - Light 100cc Clubman
100cc Clubman - Heavy 100cc National - Light
100cc Clubman - Super Heavy 100cc National - Heavy
100cc National – Light
100cc National – Heavy
Leopard Light
Leopard Heavy
NOTE: No additional classes shall be run at National Championships
(2) Classes for the Australian Championships for CIK Classes are as follows:
SENIORS JUNIORS
Formula A Intercontinental A Junior
Intercontinental A
134.
(4) Classes for State Championships will include those listed under National
Championships. (chart 1). Up to an additional six (6) classes may be run as approved by
the State Karting Council.
a) Two by five minute timed qualifying sessions per Rule 19.17. Over subscribed classes will
be split into multiple qualifying groups based upon race number. E.g. if 85 enter a class,
the class will be split into three groups for qualifying based upon race number with Group
1 being the lowest 40 kart numbers, Group 2 being the next 40 kart numbers and so on.
First qualifying session lowest kart numbers to the front in each group. Second qualifying
session, highest kart numbers to the front in each group.
b) After qualifying each class will be split into equal groups of up to 40 karts based upon
qualifying position. Each group will be populated based upon qualifying position as
follows;
1) The total number of qualifiers is divided by the track capacity which determines the
number of groups for the class. If each group is less than 50% of track capacity then
the number of groups is decreased by one.
2) Once the total number of groups is determined the qualifying position determines
which group each entrant competes in. Qualifying position 1 goes to Group 1,
position 2 to Group 2 etc. Each subsequent qualifying position is included in the next
group until the total number of groups is reached. The next qualifier then moves into
Group 1. E.g. If there are 130 entrants for a class, three compete groups would be
formed and 10 qualifiers would cease to compete.
3) Those entrants not included in a group do not compete further and receive a $100
refund of their race entry fee (no refund for tyres).
c) The groups compete separately up to and including the pre-final. The top 40 positions from
the groups form the final grid. The final grid positions are based upon the points gained
during the heats and pre-final with the karter with the lowest points to grid position 1, next
to grid position 2 and so on through the field.
d) Where an equal point’s situation exists for the final, the karter with the higher qualifying
position (1 being highest) will receive the higher starting grid position.
e) Points for the heats and pre-final are awarded on the following basis. 0 for first, 2 for
second, 3 for third and so on sequentially through the field.
135.
f) Two heats of 10 laps; Heat 1 - fastest qualifying time to grid 1, and so on. Heat 2 - fastest
qualifying time to grid 1, and so on.
g) Pre-final of 14 laps, lowest points to grid 1 and so on.
h) Final of 18 laps, the finishing order from Pre-final to grid 1 and so on.
i) Finishing order of the Final determines the winning positions in each class.
136.
CHAPTER 20A - STAND ALONE NATIONAL EVENTS
Preamble
The following regulations shall be strictly adhered to by any person or Club given the authority to promote
Standalone National Championship Event.
20a.02 Application for Permit: Promoters shall, at least four (4) months prior to the date of the meeting
furnish the State Secretary one (1) complete copy of the proposed Supplementary Regulations.
These proposed Supplementary Regulations with the appropriate fee are to be in the hands of the
AKA Secretary three (3) months prior to the first day of competition. Supplementary Regulations
and entry forms are not to be issued until the approval of the AKA (through the State Secretary) is
given for the appointment of the officers listed and other details as appropriate.
Non-compliance with this rule will be the imposition of a fine of $25 per day for each day late.
The fine to be the responsibility of the State Body with redress to the Club concerned. All
appointed officials must be sent a copy of the Supplementary Regulations as soon as approved.
20a.06 Provisional Licence Holders are not eligible for Stand-alone National Championships
137.
20a.07 Entries:
It shall be the responsibility of the Promoters to send entry forms and approved Supplementary
Regulations to each State Secretary at least two months prior to the Meeting. The State Secretaries
shall be responsible for the distribution of the entry forms to their respective affiliated Clubs.
If there are insufficient entries to constitute a Class by the listed close of entries then the Class will
NOT be contested. All drivers whose entry is not accepted for any Class shall be notified as soon
as possible and entry fee will be returned.
The promoting club reserves the right to accept fax or email entries before closing date if they wish
to do so credit card details MUST be supplied. If this is adopted it MUST be stipulated in the
supplementary regulations also the fee for credit card processing.
A complete entry is to be dispatched by the organisers to the AKA within 72 hours (3 working
days) of the closing date of the entries.
a) Entry Forms, which are incomplete or not accompanied by the appropriate entry fee, will
be rejected.
b) The making of a false or incorrect statement on an entry form may result in the non-
acceptance of the entry.
c) Multiple entries from one entrant in any one class will be accepted provided different
drivers are specified with each entry in that Class. A driver may only QUALIFY and race
one (1) entry per class. A separate entry form is required for each entry
138.
• Only closed/normal events will be authorised in the same state, unless further than 500km
from the event.
• In OTHER states only closed or normal sprint race meetings may be held.
• No adjoining state is permitted to conduct a major event other than a normal meeting.
20a.13 Trophies
NATIONAL SPRINT CHAMPIONS: Will be allocated GREEN number plates with a yellow
number 1 for the period they remain a National Champion. The plates are to be used only in the
class they were awarded. (First Place Only.) (Sprint and Dirt.) (Number plates for National
Champions are to be issued by the Promoting Club and available for presentation with the
Trophies.)
20a.15 Results:
The Promoters shall, within seven (7) days after the end of the Meeting, provide to the AKA and
to all competitors a dated and signed list entitled “Official Provisional Results”.
(a) Two (2) x four (4) minute minimum timed qualifying sessions (refer Rule 19:17)
(b) Heat one: Grid positions as per qualifying (Fastest time to grid one, and so on)
(c) Heat two: Grid positions as per qualifying (Fastest time to grid one, and so on)
(d) Heat three: Grid positions as per qualifying (Fastest time to grid one, and so on) Each
heat to be run over a distance of 7km minimum.
(e) One (1) pre-final. Lowest points from the three heats to grid one, and so on. Ties of
points from the heats will be decided by qualifying times. Minimum distance of pre-
final shall be 11km
(f) One (1) final of minimum 16km. The finishing order from the pre-final to grid one
and so on, non finishers in the pre-final will be gridded at the rear of the field in the
order of laps completed, then grid position from the pre-final.
(g) All competitors must register a qualifying time and compete in one heat to be eligible
for positions for the Pre Final and Final.
139.
2. Oversubscribed Classes: Shall consist of 2 x timed qualifying sessions, heats, pre-final
and final. Finishing order of the final determines the positions in the Championship class.
Due to track density, oversubscribed classes must be split into two groups for qualifying.
The two groups shall be determined by the race number of the entrant, being either odd or
even. For the first qualifying session, the odd numbers group shall be first. In the second
qualifying session, the even number group shall be first.
a) Two (2) X four (4) minute (minimum) timed qualifying sessions (refer Rule 19:17)
a) The driver who records the fastest time from either Group will be identified as the
pole sitter.
b) The driver who records the fastest time from the “other” Group, will be identified as
the second fastest time overall.
c) The driver who records the second fastest time from the pole sitter Group, will be
identified as the third fastest time overall.
d) The driver, who records the second fastest time from the “other” Group, will be
identified as the fourth fastest time overall.
e) This process of determining the ranking of driver’s times shall continue as per the
above method for the entire field.
All drivers recording a valid qualifying time will be split into groups A, B, C, & D etc based on the
above system. The number of groups is dependant upon the track density and number of entries.
EG. 33 – 48 entries = 3 groups, 49 – 64 entries = 4 groups etc.
Fastest to group A, second to group B, third to group C, fourth to group D, fifth to group A, sixth
to group B and so on until all qualifiers are allocated to a group. Each of the groups mentioned
above will race with the other groups, in other words, A with B, B with C, and A with C etc. At the
end of the heats, the drivers with the lowest points will progress to the finals. Each heat to be a
minimum of 7 km.
c. Pre Final of minimum 11km, consisting of the number of drivers as permitted by the
maximum track density, determined by the lowest points from the qualifying heats. Grid
positions will be determined by the heat scores with the lowest points to the front. Ties of
points from the heats will be decided by qualifying times.
d. Final of minimum of 16 km grided as per the finishing order of the Pre Final. Non-finishers
will be grided at the rear of the field in order of laps completed in the pre final. Finishing
order of the final determines the winning positions in each class.
e. All competitors must register a qualifying time and compete in one heat to be eligible for
positions for the Pre Final and Final.
20a.17. If requested, sponsors stickers supplied by the race organisers must be placed on all participating
karts
140.
CHAPTER 21 – AKA EQUIPMENT REGISTRATION & HOMOLOGATION
PROCEDURES
An acceptance letter together with the registration number will be forwarded by way of AKA
letter authorising use on any AKA Track.
142.
CHAPTER 22 - FUEL / FUEL TESTING
143.
22.03 Fuel: For All Classes
1. Safety:
a) All participants in motor sport are reminded that fuel, oils, lubricants, and
coolants are highly specialised substances.
b) Participants must be aware that these agents may contain substances that are
extremely dangerous to one’s health if misused, inhaled or allowed to contact
human skin.
c) Some of the contents of these fuels, oils, and lubricants are suspected of having
the potential to cause cancer in rare instances.
d) The use of petrol as a general cleaning and washing agent is a common misuse
of a potentially dangerous substance.
2. Purpose of this article:
a) Is to ensure that the fuel used in Kart Racing is consistent with Premium
Unleaded Petrol, as this term is generally understood.
b) Petrol within the meaning of these regulations is one of the following:
i) Petrol and/or fuel of a kind recognised by the AKA as being on general and
genuine sale to the public in Australia.
ii) Petrol and/or fuel that has been approved by the AKA.
3. Permitted Fuels:
a) The only petrol’s and/or fuels permitted are:
i) Premium Unleaded Petrol (PULP) having properties and characteristics as
required by Federal and/or State Government Regulations for PULP.
ii) Fuel that has been approved by the AKA (which also will conform to
government requirements).
b) Any petrol that appears to have been formulated in order to subvert the purpose
of this regulation will be deemed to be outside it.
c) In addition, the fuel must contain no substance, which is capable of exothermic
reaction in the absence of external oxygen.
d) Test methods for permitted fuels will be as recommended to the AKA from time
to time by the National Fuel Tester.
4. Additives & Engine Lubricants:
a) Only ambient air may be mixed with the fuel as an oxidant.
b) Only commercially available motor oil that does not contain a performance-
enhancing additive may be used. If requested a competitor must advise the
relevant officials which brand/type and ratio of oil he/she is using.
c) No substance other than oil as described in this rule may be added to petrol used
in competition.
5. Fuel Testing & Sampling:
a) The Digatron DT15 OR DT47 Series Fuel Testing Kits will be used to test fuel.
Refer to Rule 22.01 for testing procedure. The AKA may also use any other
recognised testing procedure to test the petrol and/or oil used by a competitor.
b) All samples will be taken in accordance with a detailed procedure for fuel testers
that is issued and updated from time to time by the National Fuel Tester.
6. Illegal Fuel Penalty:
The non-compliance to these fuel Rules is punishable by a Penalty of up to five (5)
years suspension. Refer Rule 6.03 Penalties.
144.
7. Control Fuel:
Promoters of major events may state the details and availability of a control fuel.
These details must be on approved Supplementary Regulations for the event and will
automatically constitute the designated fuel for that meeting. A control fuel cannot
be a fuel, which is not an approved fuel. The control fuel at the National
Championships for Junior Piston Port and Formula 100 will be ELF CIK 102fuel.
8. Fuel Approval
Before any fuel may be accepted as an approved fuel, it must have all government
approvals in writing. AKA may conduct an analysis before acceptance. A sample must
be submitted to the AKA for analysis and approval.
The AKA reserves the right to charge all costs associated with the fuel approval
procedure back the applicant. The decision of the AKA as whether a fuel meets AKA
approval is final, and no appeal may be entered. No fuel may be used under this rule
in any AKA event without prior approval.
9. Approved Fuels:
a) For General Use – PULP produced by major refineries, Elf BFK 07
b) Control Fuels
Note: Elf CIK102 is specifically formulated for CIK performance engines and
may not be approved for general karting categories and/or events.
c) List of approved fuels.
1 For General use PULP produced by major refineries
And including ELF BFK 07
2 ELF CIK 102 OR ELF Euro 102– is specifically formulated for CIK
performance engines and may not be approved for general karting
categories and/or events.
3 Fuels must not contain ethanol
145.
CHAPTER 23 - TYRES
23.01 General:
Tyres shall be new or in good condition with no apparent flaws.
No modifications to tyres are permissible.
Outside diameter: 310mm max - 220mm min.
Radial tyres are NOT permissible.
Tyre pressure bleed off values are NOT permitted.
148.
23.05 Weaving to Warm Tyres:
Refer Rule 19.26 (ii).
Tyre Retail*
Dunlop SL1 $205.00 per set *
Dunlop SL6 $235.00 per set
MG FZ Yellow $255.00 per set
MG AZ-Red $235.00 per set
Dunlop KT6SLW1 $234.00 per set
* max retail fixed price, (rounded to nearest $0.25)
* Price effective 1st May 2007
1 AKA approved dry tyres – The following tyres are accepted by the NKC for selection
in AKA classes where tyre contracts/restrictions are NOT specifically designated for
competition.
149.
2 AKA approved wet tyres – The following are accepted by the NKC for selection in
AKA classes where tyre contracts / restrictions are NOT specifically designated for
competition.
Bridgestone YGR
Dunlop KT6SLW1 (Tender awarded 2004)
MG WZ
1 Classes restricted to: Bridgestone YJC, Vega SL4, MG AZ Red and FZ Yellow
and Maxxis HG3 / Dunlop SL6.
a) May only use 4.5/10 - 5 front and 7.1/11 - 5 rear.
2 Classes restricted to: Dunlop SL1
a) May only use 4.5/10 - 5 front and 7.1/11 - 5 rear except Midgets and Rookies
where they may option to use Size: 4.5/10 - 5 rear.
150.
3 Classes restricted to MG AZ Red
a) May only use 4.5/10 -5 front and 7.1/11 - 5 rear.
4 Classes restricted to Dunlop KT6SLW1
a) May only use 10 x 4.0 - 5 front and 11 x 6.5 - 5 rear except Midgets and Rookies
where they may option to use size 10 x 4 - 5 rear.
1. The entry fee for all restricted tyre classes will incorporate at the cost (as per tyre
contracted price) of one (1) set of tyres per class per driver only.
2. The promoting club at the designated circuit will provide one (1) set of tyres per
driver per class at least one day prior to time trials.
3. Tyres supplied by the promoting club will be as per the manual and will be of the
same batch number within each class. (eg. All clubman light entrants must be issued
with the same batch number etc.)
4. All tyres supplied by the promoting club will be marked with the race number and
class they are to be used in. Tyres will be stamped internally then externally marked
with class and racing number before leaving impound area.
5. The promoting club may issue only one set of tyres per driver per class.
6. Damaged or worn out tyres (by way of force majeure) must be reported to and be
inspected by the Chief Scrutineer prior to the kart leaving the grid/impound area,
replacement(s) will be at the competitors cost.
Drivers receiving a replacement(s) will be required to start at the rear of the grid in
their next competition, the only exceptions to this is a tyre with a manufacturing
defect (as approved by the tyre representative and/or the Chief Scrutineer) and/or the
competitor electing to use an approved used tyre.
7. In case of any “force majeure”, the promoting club will order in addition to the one
set per driver per class, 5% (five percent) extra quantity of each type of tyre.
8. The promoting club will obtain (and comply with) via their state body a copy of the
conditions governing the transaction between the promoting club and the tyre
supplier.
9. An unused tyre having a circumference variation of more than 10mm may be
exchanged. The circumference is to be measured at the centreline of the tread area and
tyres are to be mounted and inflated to a similar pressure. In consultation with the tyre
supplier.
If you get a reading on the second site of the same tyre check all the other tyres on the Kart using the same
procedure. If all the other tyres do not show a reading, allow to race but check again through the meeting.
151.
When 2 tyres or all 4 show a similar reading for each tyre on the PID allow the kart to race the heat and
impound on completion of the heat even if the kart has a DNF.
When you get a reading on 2 or more tyres a rubber sample has to be sent away to the Gas
Chromatograph for the final verification of a substance or compound being introduced into the rubber
of the tyre. The rubber sample sent would then be compared against the standard tyre sample with a
graph overlay that will clearly indicate the presence of an introduced substance or compound in the tyre
sample.
This Gas Chromatograph testing procedure is the same as the fuel test so it is conclusive. If the sample
rubber does not compare with the standard sample this then is the final verification that the tyres have
had a substance or compound introduced to change the properties of the rubber in the tyre.
The rubber samples (2) should be taken from the same site on one tyre that showed the reading on the
PID eg if the two front tyres show a reading either one will do, if it is only the back two tyre that show
the reading take the samples from the one away from the motor, if it is one front and one rear on one
side take the samples from the one that is away from the motor. When all four tyres have a similar
reading take the samples from the rear tyre on the brake side.
Using a new or clean NT cutter, equivalent or scalpel that has been cleaned with a clean lint free cloth
or tissue cut a sliver of rubber about 10 mm long 5 mm wide and 0.5 deep from the tread surface taking
care not to cut deep into the tyre.
After cutting the sliver from the tread surface of the tyre cut the rubber sample into to equal parts. Being
very careful not to cut into the tyre then using tweezers or knife tip put the samples into the clean glass
vial with each sample having their own new glass vial and screw on the lid. Then seal in the plastic
bottle using the same bottles that are supplied for fuel samples. These are available for purchase from
National Office via State.
Once the sample bottles have been sealed using the sample method and paper work, as is used in fuel
samples, ask the competitor to choose one sample and inform him that the other sample will be sent to
the Gas Chromatograph for final verification of the presence of a substance or compound in the tyre
rubber.
When the report is received at State Office from the Gas Chromatograph testing and it is positive this
is then sent to the State Tribunal Register to handle.
152.
CHAPTER 24 – NOISE CONTROL
24.1 1. The AKA is of the opinion that control of noise is emerging as a major issue for motor
sport and that increased Government controls may be imposed on those motor sport
organisations and individuals that exceed the stated levels. The potential for noise
injuries to our Officials, Competitors and their crews must also be addressed and
minimised. Karting as a stand alone Sport can not allow an individual or club to
selfishly satisfy themselves to the detriment of the Sport now or in the future.
Competitors and those involved with Kart preparation are required to closely check all
fittings and fastenings associated with the control of noise on their Kart and to maintain
a vigilant and preventative stance to noise control
2. From 1st January 2003, the permitted noise emission level from a kart must not exceed
98 dBA when measured at a point 4 metres away with AKA vertical methods.
153.
3. The test positions are to be set by the State Track Inspector and should be sited;
(a) to measure karts when they are under maximum acceleration and are operating at
a minimum of 75% of their rev range
(b) to ensure that the maximum noise level emitted by a kart is measured
(c) to ensure minimum reflection from buildings / structures.
4. The microphone is to be located 4 metres (+/-0.1m) above the centre of the track and
to be aimed at the centre line of the track.
5. It is recommended that all sound meters utilise remote microphones. This is to permit
the sound meter and the operator to be located away from the microphone at a safer
distance from the track where they can be behind a safety barrier without affecting the
noise level at the microphone.
154.
5. Starting of kart engines in the out grid is only permissible under the instruction of the
grid/pit marshal.
6. The promoting club in conjunction with the State Track Safety Inspector will designate
a safe area for the starting of kart engines. It is recommended all persons wear ear
protection in this area.
7. Spectators - As spectators are in most instances able to enter the Paddock and get very
close to the Pit areas, the AKA recommends that Clubs should post signs at all Pit /
Paddock entrances advising that ear protection is recommended past that point and
advising where ear protection is available.
8. The AKA recommends that Clubs have supplies of disposable ear plugs available at all
meetings.
155.
CHAPTER 25 - AUSTRALIAN KART FORMULA
• For the purposes of testing and evaluation of equipment not conforming to this chapter the AKA Executive
may permit limited testing under controlled circumstances. For the purposes of this section Rule 13.20 (e) may
not apply.
• Karts are to comply with the following in order to compete or practice at race meetings
25.01 Chassis:
(a) Wheelbase: Shall be a maximum 1270mm and a minimum of 1000mm. The maximum
overall length of the vehicle shall be 1820mm without nose cone fitted. It is forbidden to
have any appendage or protrusion which might be hazardous to other vehicles.
Midget and Rookies Class Only: Wheelbase - Minimum 880mm.
(b) Track: Shall measure at least two thirds (66.6%) of the measurement of the wheelbase, and
shall be measured between tyre centres.
Maximum kart width for a kart shall not exceed 1400mm.
(c) Height: Maximum height of kart shall not exceed 710mm from the ground.
(d) Tyres: Refer Chapter 23.
(e) Wheels/Axle: Front wheels shall revolve on ball or roller type bearings as separately
mounted wheels. Rear wheels to be driven by a one piece axle shaft. Rear axle must be of
steel and the maximum external diameter is 50mm the minimum will be 25mm with a
minimum wall thickness at all points as laid out in the table below, except in key ways and
the chamfers (maximum chamfers will be 3mm).
50mm 1.9mm
40mm 1.9mm
35mm 3.0mm
30mm 3.0mm
less than 30mm to be solid
Aluminium axles can be used for speedway and Dirt only. Axles to be 40mm in diameter
and have a 4.85mm minimum wall thickness at all points except in key ways.
The number of wheels and tyres is fixed at two front and two rear. Wheels must be secured
to the axle by metal nuts or high tensile type bolts. Axle must not protrude beyond tyre.
Where axle keys are not the same length as keyway or there is a risk that key may become
dislodged, a hose clamp or other positive method of key retention is required.
(f) Frame: Shall be all metal and shall not extend sideways beyond the outside wall of any tyre.
(g) Bumper Bars: Must be fitted and must be pinned, welded or bolted at all fixing points.
Open ends to be radiused. Drilling of metal components for lightness is not permissible.
Tube diameter of bumper bar must not exceed 30mm.
(h) Bodywork: The only permissible bodywork or aerodynamic aids are side pods, nassau
panels, nosecone and CIK/FIA homologated rear impact protection bodywork.
157.
(ii) Side pods must be a separate item to the undertray.
(iii) It is recommended that the side pod securing nuts be fitted on the internal surfaces of the
pod. If fitted externally no more than approx 2 threads of the bolt to extend past the nyloc
nut.
(iv) Bars on the outside surface of the side pods are not permissible.
(v) No additional materials or panels are to be fitted to the outside or top surface of the side pods,
other than decals or competition timing equipment as directed.
(vi) Side pod mounting bars must be pinned or bolted using minimum 6mm diameter (steel)
fixing. Open ends to be radiused. Drilling of metal components for lightness is not
permissible. Tube diameter must not exceed 30mm.
CIK Homologated Chassis using springs as their primary method of mounting are required
to have a secondary (metallic) method of retention. Minimum of 6mm diameter bolt/pin or
multi-strand wire tether through the existing spring mounts.
(vii) Dimensions: Side pods: The side pods must not;
• Be outside the plane passing through the outer edge of the rear wheels, (ref.
illustration). This rule does not apply when wet weather tyres are fitted.
• With front tyres in a straight-ahead position, protrude above the plane through the top
of the front and rear tyres, (ref. illustration.)
The side pods must have a minimum ground clearance of 25mm. Their outer side must
comprise a vertical surface, (with a tolerance of 10 degrees in relation to the theoretical
vertical plane,) with a minimum height of 75mm, (immediately above the ground clearance.)
The side pod must fill a minimum of 70% of the distance between the tyres.
(viii) The outside vertical surface of a side pod must be predominantly uniform and smooth,
having no additional cut outs or holes other than;
• Those required for their attachment, nominally maximum 6mm screws with “Button”
style head only
• a passage for an external starter shaft.
• It may have a 30mm by 30mm (maximum) groove along its length.
(ix) Side Pods are to be attached at a minimum of two points. With the exception of fixings,
transponders and transponder holders, no other items may be placed in or attached to the side
pods.
(x) Material: Side Pods and Nassau Panel:
Shatterproof/non-metallic. Fibreglass must be chopped strand matting type. If plastic, it must
be non-splinterable.
25.04 Undertray:
Shall be of non-perforated sheet of a minimum 0.5mm in steel or 1.2mm in aluminum or 2mm in
fibreglass and shall have no void large enough to permit any part of the driver's body to pass through.
Securing nuts may be fitted above or below the floor pan, no more than approximately 2 threads of
the bolt to extend past the nyloc nut. Undertray must not extend beyond the inside of the chassis
rails.
25.05 Steering:
1. Shall be effected by the operation of a full wheel or aircraft type wheel, but must have a
continuous outer rim. Straight handlebars are forbidden.
2. The steering wheel boss is to be manufactured of metal and attached with minimum of 6mm
height tensile bolt and be fitted with self locking nut. Plastic components are forbidden. With
the exception of Rotax Steering Boss (part number 660 640) unmodified.
3. Steering shall be direct acting through a steering shaft of 16mm minimum diameter if solid
or minimum 18mm diameter, if tubular, having a minimum wall thickness of 1.5mm and be
constructed of steel. The shaft shall be welded or bolted with a mating collar for steering
wheel attachment. The steering shaft shall have a collar/retaining device, to be securely fitted
within 5 mm of the lower edge of the upper steering shaft bush.
4. All bolts must be a minimum of 8mm in diameter for king pin & rod ends. All these bolts
159.
to be of strength class of 8.8 or greater and be fitted with self locking nuts.
5. The tie rods are to be a minimum 8mm OD steel rod or 10mm OD by 2mm steel tube or
minimum 10mm OD aluminum alloy rod or equivalent or 12mm OD by 2.6mm aluminum
alloy tube or equivalent. An engaged thread length minimum 8mm is required between tie
rod and rose joint. Rose type joints of peg, plastic/nylon and/or pressed metal type are not
permitted.
25.07 Brakes:
The brakes must be effective and work on at least both rear wheels simultaneously.
1 Braking of the rear wheels ONLY except
(a) the following classes: 125 gearbox, Intercontinental C, Open Class and with 2 stroke
engines having a total capacity of 125 cc or greater
or
(b) if detailed in class technical chapter
2 Rear brakes must be foot operated through the two rear wheels, front wheel brakes may be
hand operated.
3 For twin engine karts a dual rear brake system is recommended.
4 Disc brakes only. May be hydraulic or mechanically operated.
160.
5 All brake system mounting bolts and studs must be of high tensile material. The brake pedal
must not protrude past the vertical plane of the forward most part of the front crash bar when
operated.
6 All brake pad mounting bolts must be of high tensile material and fitted with a sleeve.
Shoulder type bolts are not permitted.
7 Where brake pads are retained only by bolts, the bolts must be drilled and safety wired with
quality tie wire or if split pins are used they are to be in manufactured condition with a
minimum diameter of 3mm.
8 Nylon brake hoses must use metal fittings.
9 All brake cables must be multi-strand steel wire of 2.25mm minimum diameter and must be
fastened by a machine swagged fitting or by positive methods that cannot cut into the wire.
Electrical connectors or similar are not permitted.
10 Brake pedal rods are to be a minimum of 6mm diameter solid steel if the threaded ends are
cut into the rod or 5mm solid steel if the threaded ends are rolled on the end of the rod.
11 All fasteners must be safety wired or fitted with self-locking nuts.
12 All hollow pins must be wired or pinned.
Safety Notes
The use and handling of Cadmium plated parts and asbestos is considered by the National Health
and Medical Research Council to be cancer causing.
161.
5. Exhaust systems must be securely fastened with springs to a mounting bracket cradle and to
the header pipe of the engine. A secondary fastening system, comprising a multi-strand wire
(as used in throttle cables) to be secured through a fixing lug or a similar attachment (e.g.
hose clamp) on the muffler and fixed to the chassis or rear bumper bar to prevent the exhaust
system detaching from the kart.
6. It is permissible to use, externally, heat proof wrapping between the springs and exhaust
cradle and the springs and flex.
7. A maximum of one (1) Exhaust probe/fitting is permitted. The maximum diameter of the
probe is 6mm. Maximum length of exhaust probe is 25mm
25.10 Throttle:
Must be foot operated only. The throttle pedal must not protrude past the vertical plane of the
forward most part of the front crash bar when operated. When released must shut off air fuel mixture
passage sufficiently to reduce engine revolutions to an idle speed. Butterfly throttles must be fitted
with two return springs, both able to shut off throttle if one should fail. It is recommended slide valve
throttles be fitted with a secondary method of closing.
25.11 Guards:
(i) Chain Guards: A chain guard is compulsory and must be designed to protect the driver in
the event of a chain breakage and shall be of sufficient strength to withstand the impact of a
flailing chain. All chain guards must be securely fixed at both ends. Sprockets not forming
part of the drive train must be removed.
(ii) Engine Sprocket Guards: An engine sprocket guard is compulsory and must give sufficient
front and side protection to prevent the driver trapping his/her fingers in the chain.
(iii) The fitting of skid plates or guards to prevent the brake disc or axle sprocket and chain from
contacting the track is prohibited.
25.12 Seating:
Shall be designed to minimise the likelihood of the driver sliding Sideways. It is recommended a
metal plate 35mm minimum diameter of 1.5mm thickness be placed between seat and stays.
162.
approved background colour around the number and shall be to the rear outside face of the
side pods. The height of the number is to be 100mm minimum, 15mm minimum width
parallel brush stroke. They must be readable from a height of 3 metres and from a distance
of 10 metres. All corners must be radiused.
(iv) It is recommended the required weight of the 106 to 200cc Class be shown on the front
number plate. Numbers may be used on helmets in addition to these.
(v) National Sprint Champions: Refer Rule 20.17 (c).
(vi) State Sprint Champions: Refer Rule 20.17 (b).
(vii) PROVISIONAL Licence Holders shall have a regulation “P” plate on the front and rear of
their karts, clearly visible.
25.15 Suspension:
(i) Any suspension device, either elastic or hinged, is prohibited.
25.16 Communication and Telemetry: Radio communication, mobile phones and telemetry aids with
the exception of official timing equipment are not permitted to be used by drivers during
competition.
163.
(e) Air flow restriction devices must stay affixed to the kart at all times.
(f) A reference in this manual to Water - Cooled is to be taken as reference to Liquid - Cool.
25.19 Weights:
1 Class Weights are as raced at the time of weight measuring, and are detailed in technical
pages of the classes. Weight that is more than 5kg must be retained by a Minimum of two
8mm high tensile with lock nuts.
2 Maximum Kart weights at time of weighing for all Junior Heavyweight, Senior
Heavyweight and Senior Super Heavyweight Classes to be 88kgs except where:
a) noted in class technical detail or b) when a lighter weight division of a class is not being
run at a race meeting.
3 All weights to be securely fastened to the Kart with a minimum 8mm high tensile bolt and
lock nut. Large widths may require additional high tensile bolts.
4 Weights must be attached to the frame or the seat only.
5 No ballast weight to be attached to steering components and rotating parts.
6 Lead shot, as a weight, is banned
7 Competitors must use the scales supplied by the Promoters to assess the racing weight of
their equipment.
25.21 Non-Tech Items are gaskets, seals, big end roller/cage, little end spacers, rings, washers, cages,
fasteners, fulcrum spring (carburettor meter levering spring), spark plug and spark plug lead and cap,
gudgeon pins, main bearings, coolant sealing “O” rings, engine sprocket and key.
1. Unless specified, non-tech items are to be of the same type and style as the original. No
alteration from the original manufacturer's specifications is permitted to fit a non-tech item
2. Head gasket/s must be retained
3. Cylinder base baskets are dimensionally free
4. Carburettor base and phenolic spacer gaskets are dimensionally free
5. Only crankcase half gasket may be formed from liquid gasket compounds
6. Cylinder base adjusting shims/spacers may be of any material and must be of uniform
thickness.
7. Spark plugs must have a maximum engagement length of 20mm without the washer.
8. Spark plugs for Comer S80 must have a maximum engagement length of 3/8 inch without
the washer.
9. Spark plugs for Comer SW80 must have a maximum engagement length of 1/2 inch
(12.70 mm) without the washer.
10. A direct drive sprocket (complete) cannot weigh more than 100 gms.
11. A direct drive sprocket retaining nut cannot be made from a hex material greater than
19 mm AF.
12. Pull start and electric start systems are non-tech.
164.
25.22 Exhaust Mufflers:
1 General / All Classes
(a) All karts must use exhaust mufflers and comply with noise regulations as per Rule
24.2.
(b) The exhaust header pipe and muffler can be joined by a pipe or flexible tube with
a constant wall thickness, ends must be within 5 degrees of perpendicular to the
centreline of the tube, min 36mm ID max 46.5mm OD these being an absolute
size all TOLERANCES included.
(c) No device capable of being moved whilst racing is permissible in or on the exhaust
system.
2 100cc National - Senior and Junior, Rookies, Midgets
(a) The only permissible exhaust muffler for classes using the KT100J Engine is the
control pipe AKA 14 manufactured by Powermac. The AKA 14 exhaust pipe carries
precise dimension specifications that allow confidence in equality of performance for
all competitors using the KT100J series engine.
(b) AKA14 DIAGRAM
DIAGRAM IS FOR DIMENSIONAL REFERENCE ONLY.
(c) Dimensions A – E inclusive are all measured with the pipe assembled / AKA
measuring rod.
165.
(d) Any measurement related to weld at either end of the cone will be taken to the centre
line of the weld.
(e) All other dimensions not specified carry stringent technical specifications, any attempt
to alter these dimensions will deem the unit illegal
(f) Any accidental damage to the unit will not incur a technical breach of these rules.
(g) It is permissible to weld a fixing lug to the external surface of the AKA 14 body.
(h) With the exception of repair to fixing points, any attempt to repair damage by cutting,
welding or fabrication will automatically remove eligibility of the exhaust unit.
3 Piston Port
(a) Piston Port Engines are permitted to use the exhaust muffler homologated for use with
that engine by the CIK or the homologated muffler for a later model Piston Port engine
from that engine manufacturer.
(b) Any attempt to alter the homologated muffler will automatically remove the eligibility
of the unit.
(c) Any accidental damage to the unit will not incur a technical breach of these rules
4 Other Classes
(a) For reed and rotary valve engines any CIK homologated muffler is permitted
(b) For all other classes, if not specified within class regulations they must conform to
Rule 25.09 and Rule 25.26.1.
166.
(c) All other dimensions not specified carry stringent technical specifications, any attempt to
alter these dimensions will deem the unit illegal
(d) Any accidental damage to the unit will not incur a technical breach of these rules.
(e) With the exception of repair to fixing points, any attempt to repair damage by cutting,
welding or fabrication will automatically remove eligibility of the exhaust unit.
a) The only inlet silencer for specific classes below (part 1) must meet all the requirements of
above (AKA43) , and is compulsory from 1st May 2007.
b) All inducted air must pass through the baffle tube/s into the Induction Silencer and to the
carburettor via a sealed connection
c) An air filter or filter screen may be fitted to reduce entry of foreign matter. The use of an
internal filter is permitted.
d) Air tubes may be partly or completely blocked at the entrance hole only, and the restriction
component must be easily removed for inspection
e) No adjustable systems are allowable
f) It is permissible to drill a single 5mm drain hole.
Part 1 - Specific
a) For Midgets, Rookies, National, Formula Australia, Clubman, PRD and ReSa Classes, but
optional for Parilla Leopard, the only acceptable silencers are units where induction shall be
via two (2) only inlet tubes conforming to the dimensions provided and fitted to the airbox
in a nominal fore and aft direction. Inlet tubes 2 only 23mm maximum diameter at the
opening and 95mm min length. FROM 1st May, 2007, the only noise induction silencer
allowed for all these classes is the “AKA43” unit. This is identified with ‘AKA43’ moulded
in the top & AKA-KIAA lettering moulded into the flat-sided face. The Airbox must be used
167.
with the AKA43 internal filter element that cannot have any holes, tears or cuts in the filter
element. The element must be as moulded direct to the rubber adaptor. The only internal
filter that can be used for sprint racing is marked “AKA43”. The rubber adaptor is red in
colour and the filter element is blue. The internal filter for Dirt track karting and Speedway
will be marked “AKA43 DIRT”. The rubber adaptor will be black & the filter element will
be yellow.
b) JICA, ICA, FA and ICC are required to use CIK registered units.
Part 2 – Other
a) All other classes may use any AKA registered units and units that have been specifically
outlined in class chapters.
b) Righetti Rodlfi K560/22 is for Leopard Class.
A No-Go Gauge to measure inlet tubes on the noise induction silencer is available from any State
Office.
2. The following classes: Open; Formula 100; and Piston Port are exempt from rule 25.25
3. For Midget Class, where competitors are using the Comer S80 Engine refer Rule 41.12.
168.
(i) conform to dimension E
(ii) conform to dimension C
(iii) accept an O ring for the low speed jet and throttle shaft.
b) A threaded butterfly screw must be retained, countersunk screws are not permitted.
Butterfly and shaft must be as manufactured.
c) It is permissible to repair the inlet seat and throttle shaft bore in the Walbro carburettor.
Carburettor bore may not be sleeved.
d) It is permissible to enlarge only existing fuel / air holes, but they may not be deleted or
relocated.
e) All air must pass through the carburettor throat.
f) Measurement code:
A As cast MAX Venturi diameter 24.13mm
B As cast (area will extend from the front of the carburettor to the progression discharge
jet which must have all or portion of this jet in the cast area.)
C MAX downstream diameter 25.7mm
D Butterfly shaft must be located at the bore centre.
E MIN carburettor body length of 37.5mm
No internal inspection required, ie covers will not be removed and only external
measurements and visual inspection taken.
25.27 Batteries
Starting/ignition batteries where fitted must be attached to the kart and be securely mounted (min 4
by 6mm ht bolts) four (4) sided (min height 10mm) box or bracket. The battery must be contained
in the bracket by
(1) two (2) 6mm bolts with a suitable top bracket,
(2) minimum 15mm wide strap and “d” buckle,
(3) minimum two (2) 7.5mm wide by 2mm thick uv rated “zip ties”,
(4) minimum 50mm wide “Velcro strap, Straps and Zip” ties are not to pass over any sharp
edges or under the Kart frame. The only type of batteries that can be used onboard a kart are
Dry Cell, Gell type or Valve regulated sealed lead acid batteries. The battery can only be
mounted to the chassis or seat.
25.29 Parity.
Performance Parity Adjustment may be undertaken by National Technical Committee at short notice
and at such times as considered necessary. Their recommendations will be presented to the NKC
for consideration and/or approval.
169.
CHAPTER 26 - GENERIC COMPLIANCE CHECKS
9. CC TEST GAUGES
To cater for the range of AKA registered engines, it is necessary to have some
different designs of CC Test Gauges to suit individual engines.
170.
TYPE 1.
HEXAGON APPLICATION COMMENTS
3
⁄4 (19.05 mm) or 13⁄16 inch This applies to all 20mm plug
(20.64 mm) AF length engines, including KT100J,
KT100S, ARC, Leopard, Fireball
TYPE 2.
HEXAGON APPLICATION COMMENTS
3
⁄4 (19.05 mm) or 13⁄16 inch This applies to all 20mm plug Specifically designed for Rotax
(20.64 mm) AF length engines, including KT100J, Max and Jmax by incorporating
KT100S, ARC, Leopard, Fireball a relief to clear water jacket
and Rotax Max & Jmax cover. It is permitted to modify
Type 1 gauges to incorporate this
relief
TYPE 3.
HEXAGON APPLICATION COMMENTS
3 3
⁄4 inch (19.05 mm) AF Comer S80 ⁄8 (9.53mm) inch reach spark
preferably plug
TYPE 4.
HEXAGON APPLICATION COMMENTS
3 1
⁄4 inch (19.05 mm) AF Comer SW80 ⁄2 inch (12.7 mm) reach spark
preferably plug
NOTE:
• It is the competitor’s responsibility to supply an engine (as raced) with a spark plug
thread in a condition that allows the easy fitment of a cc plug. Penalty, Non-
conforming engine.
• The CC Test Plug is available from your State Secretary.
171.
26.03 Measuring Engines Controlled by Exhaust Port Timing
Insert a 0.2mm feeler gauge, which has been cut down to a point, into the uppermost point
of the exhaust port at the intersection of the port opening and the piston. This will give the
opening point of the exhaust port. Measure stroke from this point to TDC using a dial
indicator inserted through the spark plug hole. This measurement will give the minimum
piston travel that can be cross-referenced against the charts in the relevant section.
Step 4 Check Exhaust/Inlet Port Split (Only applicable to KT100S, KT100J, ARC SPEC 100
& ARC A1 (inc. M1 & R1) engines)
Maintain the 5mm pin in the exhaust port, adjust the head of the gauge unit till it lines up
with the second mark then remove the pin from the exhaust port. Turn the engine to TDC
and insert the 5mm pin into the inlet port and turn engine slowly till piston comes in contact
172.
with 5mm pin which is to be “rolled” between the bottom of the inlet port and the piston skirt
to find the lowest position of the piston, the third line on the rod should be above the head
of the gauge body or in line. If it is below then the piston is to short and does not conform.
Step 5 Check exhaust/transfer port split when using a rod with 5 grooves (for rods for
KT100S, KT100J, ARC SPEC 100 & ARC A1 (inc. M1 & R1) engines) or 4 grooves (for
rods for Rotax MAX, JMA, Parilla Leopard & PRD Fireball engines).
After Step 3 (with the gauge body still set for the exhaust opening position), rotate the motor
to allow the Ø5 mm AKA transfer port checking tool to be inserted into one of the main
transfer ports. Bring the piston up to gently hold pressure on the tool at this point the second
mark must not be visible above the head of the gauge, repeat the process on the opposing
transfer port.
Step 6
If the engine fails the field test the competitor can request it is to be seal and sent to the State
Technical Officer for second and final verification of compliance using an analogue or
digital indicator as in R 26.04.1.
Step 5. Check exhaust/transfer port split when using a rod with 5 grooves (for S & J rods)
or 4 grooves (for R & L rods).
After Step 4 (with the gauge still zeroed for the exhaust opening position), the crankshaft can
be rotated until the dial gauge reads the appropriate “Exhaust open to transfer open”
dimension in the table below. If the Ø5 mm AKA transfer port checking tool can be fitted
173.
between the top edge of the piston and the top of the any transfer port at any point then the
engine is deemed illegal.
Step 1
Insert rod into the inlet of the muffler, pass through the 19mm outlet tube until the rod
contacts end cap of baffle.
Nominal measurement 570mm for the AKA14 & 470 mm for the AKA 39
Dimension B
Step 2
Withdraw rod until lip locates on exhaust outlet tube (end of 19mm tube)
Nominal measurement 512mm
Dimension C
Step 3
Withdraw rod until lip locates on main deflector plate
Nominal measurement 422
Dimension D
174.
CHAPTER 27 - OPEN PERFORMANCE CLASS
27.03 Carburettor:
One single throat carburettor per cylinder.
27.05 Tyres:
1. The tyres to be used will be specified in the event supplementary regulations.
2. No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03).
3. Dry Weather Tyres – any AKA approved 5” slick - 1 x set plus 1 replacement tyre per
meeting.
4. Wet Weather Tyres – any AKA approved wet - 1 x set plus 1 replacement tyre per
meeting.
27.06 Braking:
Front wheel brakes may be used.
27.07 Weights:
Refer to the event supplementary regulations for class weights.
Different weights may be specified to equalise different engines within the one event.
175.
27.09 Equipment Homologated to this Class only include:
1. PRD 125wc
2. PRD RK125
3. PRD RK125ec
4. BRP-Rotax DD2 engine
5. RM-1 Kart (no reverse gear)
6. BRP-Rotax Junior Max engine
27.10 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22.
Elf CIK 102 may be used if listed in Supplementary Regulations
176.
When you’re ready to step onto
the podium, talk to Definitive Racing
about stepping up to a BRM Chassis.
Complete kart packages, 4 stroke, 2 stroke and 125 gearbox.
Full after sales service and track side assistance.
www.definitiveracing.com 0411 155 199
28.01 Preamble:
It is expected that this class will continue to evolve during its early life and the promoters of the class
reserve the right to alter the technical regulations with AKA approval at short notice to ensure the
safety of drivers, fairness of competition, economy and wishes of the competitors.
28.02 Engine:
1. BRP-Rotax FR125 Max. Only.
2. To assist in the long-term stability of Formula Rotax, the AKA has signed a five (5) year
contract to the class, beginning 1st January 2005, guaranteeing the only eligible engine is the
Rotax Max FR 125 manufactured by BRP-Rotax Gmbh.
3. Only genuine Rotax components that are specifically designed and supplied for the FR125
engine are legal, unless otherwise specified.
4. For use in Australian racing every engine must have the official Formula Rotax Australia
stamp on the crankcase and also on the reed block face of the cylinder.
5. Neither the engine nor any of its ancillaries may be modified in any way likely to improve
performance, unless specifically authorised within these rules. “Modified” is defined as ‘any
change in form, content or function that represents a condition of difference from that
originally designed’. This is to include the addition and/or omission of parts and or material
from the engine package assembly unless specifically authorised within these rules. The
adjustment of elements specifically designed for that purpose should not be classified as
modifications. e.g. carburettor and exhaust adjustment screws.
6. For sealing purposes the engine must have a minimum of 1.5mm hole drilled in a rear cylinder
hold down stud, the front water jacket cap screw and the upper reed block valve cover cap
screw.
28.03 Chassis:
• Comply to existing AKA formula with the following and additional restrictions.
1 Frame - round tubing only or maximum of one main rail not round. Maximum diameter for
frame tubing is 35.5mm, (inclusive of paint).
2 Composite Materials are banned, except for the seat, Nassau panel and floor tray.
3 Maximum Axle diameter of 50.0mm.
179.
28.04 Brakes:
Front wheel brakes are not permitted
Important Notice – see Formula Rotax 125 brake recommendations.
28.05 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
28.06 Tyres
1 No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry weather tyres Bridgestone YJC (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3 Wet weather tyres Dunlop KT6SWL1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
4 Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
28.07 Drivers:
a) Seniors only: Holding a provisional AKA C grade licence or better.
b) Drivers will be gridded by licence grade within field, A/B mixed then C.
28.08 Weights:
(a) Rotax Light 160kg
(b) Rotax Heavy 180kg
Other weight divisions at the discretion of the event organizers.
Maximum kart weight for Rotax Heavy – 100 kg.
(Class weights are as raced at time of weigh measuring). (Refer Rule 25.19).
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
28.09 Internal and External Additions
No additional material may be added except in the case of engine repairs and shall only restore the
engine or components to original specifications.
• The use of thermal barrier coatings / ceramic coatings on or in the engine and on or in the
exhaust system is prohibited.
• The use of anti-friction coatings in or on the engine / engine components is prohibited.
• The only exceptions to this are the gilnisil coating of the cylinder bore and the coating to the
piston skirt.
180.
28.12 Cylinder Head Volume
Minimum of 11.0cc using AKA method 22.03.
28.13 Displacement
125.0cm3 (maximum)
28.16 Piston
1 OEM only, uncoated or coated, aluminium, cast piston with one 1.0mm rectangular piston
ring.
2 Machined areas are: top end of piston, outside diameter, one groove for the piston ring, bore
for the piston pin, inside diameter at bottom end of piston. All other surfaces are not machined
and have cast surface.
28.18 Cylinder
1 Light alloy cylinder with GILNISIL plating, configuration with one main exhaust port and
pneumatic adjusted valve. Any replating is not allowed.
2 Maximum bore: 54,035mm (measured 10 mm above the exhaust port).
3 Cylinder has to be marked with ROTAX logo, (illustration 2, (1)).
4 Cylinder has to be marked with identification code: 223 997, (illustration 2, (2)).
5 All ports and passages are cast finish except some pre-existing factory removal of flashing.
All ports have chamfered edges to prevent ring snagging. Any additional machining is not permitted
6 Cylinder must have the official Formula Rotax Australia stamp on the inlet face.
7. Refer to Rule 26.04, Steps 1,2,3 and 5 for compliance checking procedure.
8. The cylinder base surface may be re-machined must remain perpendicular to the cylinder
bore.
9. Due to manufacturing procedures some cylinders may have been machined on the exhaust
flange.
181.
28.20 Inlet System
1 Intake manifold is marked with the name ROTAX and the identification code 267 915. No
grinding or machining is permitted. However some factory flash removal may be present at
the junction of the inside contour and the carburettor stop mounting face. This is a manual
trimming operation consisting of a small corner break of less than 1mm in width.
2 Reed valve assembly is marked with the name ROTAX and the identification code 224387.
No grinding or machining is permitted
3 The reed valve assembly is equipped with 2 petal stops and 2 reeds, each having 3 petals.
4 The thickness of the reeds is 0.6mm +/- 0.08mm
5 Maximum reed block gasket/spacer thickness is 4.0mm
6 The addition of one Rotax reed block gasket, maximum of 1.0mm between the carburettor
manifold and the reed block is permitted.
28.22 Crankshaft
1 As supplied by the manufacturer with no modifications permissible.
2 Stroke 54.5mm +/-0.02mm
28.24 Conrod
1 As supplied by the manufacturer. Any grinding / polishing or modifications is not permitted.
2 Conrod has to be marked with “213” or “365” or “367” on shaft, (see illustration 4, (7)).
28.25 Crankcase
1 As supplied by the manufacturer. No grinding / polishing in the two main transfer passages.
2 Must have the official Formula Rotax Australia stamp on crankcase deck.
3 Either sandcast gearbox cover (part no.211870) or pressure die cast gearbox cover (part no.
211871) is permitted.
28.26 Ignition
1 DENSO digital ignition only, no adjustment permitted or possible.
2 Ignition coil has the following marks close to the outlet of the high-tension cable, cast in the
case: Denso and 129000.
3 The only allowable Spark Plug Cap is NGK type TBO5EMA.
4 Any modification to any part of the ignition system and/or crankshaft to alter the ignition
timing or rev limiter is illegal.
5 The ignition coil must have 3 pins at the terminal.
182.
28.27 Carburettor: DELL’ORTO carburettor
1 The carburettor body, slide, needle, atomiser tube and atomiser (either spec 1 or spec 2 is
permissible) to remain as originally supplied and cannot be subject to any modification. No
additions or additional machining filing, drilling, or polishing etc is permitted to these items,
this includes the bore /throat
2 “VHSB 34” cast in the housing of the carburettor
3 “QD” or “QS” stamped in the housing of the carburettor.
4 Atomiser tube stamped with “266 FN”
5 Needle stamped with “K54” or “K27” and “K98” or others as nominated in the future.
6 Slide marked #40 only.
7 The size of any hole in any of the following is unregulated: main jet, needle and seat, pilot jet,
pilot jet emulsion insert, choke jet. The position of the float/float arms and the weight of the
floats are unregulated. All items (jets, needles etc) referred to in Rule 28.27 must be present
and operational.
8 With the exception of the choke, no changes or adjustments can be made to the carburettor
once the engine is running.
28.29 Radiator
1 Genuine single aluminium radiator as shown in illustration 5.
2 Cooling area: Height = 290mm, width = 133mm
3 Thickness of radiator = 32mm
4 12 only water cores are permissible.
5 Placement of the radiator is free, however for the warranty to exist, the radiator must be
mounted in its original position, on the right side of the engine.
6 Additional cooling devices are not permitted.
28.31 Clutch
Dry centrifugal clutch – using genuine components only. Whilst on level ground the kart (with driver
in kart) must start to move under its own power, when the engine speed reaches 3000 R.P.M. or less.
The use of the Clutch Pin support plate is permitted.
183.
28.33 Exhaust System
1 Must be as supplied by Rotax and cannot be modified except for, a) the replacement of the
silencer absorption material and /or b) Modifications to fit an exhaust probe are permissible. Refer
Rule 25.09
2 Standard engine / pipe coupling must be used.
3 Exhaust pipe with after muffler as shown in illustration 7.
4 Length of inlet cone: Type A and B: 592mm +/- 5mm (measured along the body of the exhaust
pipe, not the seam, from the beginning of the exhaust to the start of the cylindrical part).
5 Length of cylindrical part of exhaust pipe: Type A and B: 125mm +/- 5mm.
6 Length of end cone: Type A: 250mm +/- 5mm, Type B: 225mm +/- 5mm (measurement see
illustration 7).
7 Outside diameter of 180º bent tube: Type A: 30mm, +/- 3mm, Type B: 41mm + 1,5mm / - 1,0mm
(measured at beginning and end of bend).
8 Hole diameter of end cap of silencer (illustration 7,) 21mm + 0,2mm – 0,5mm.
9 Painting / plating of the exhaust muffler is permitted with the exception of thermal barriers /
coatings / paint. (See internal and external additions)
10 Note : Any accidental damage to the unit will not incur a technical breach of these rules, however
any attempt to modify/alter the exhaust system by cutting, or fabrication will automatically
remove eligibility of the exhaust system. Welding of the exhaust system to repair a crack, hole or
to fit a patch etc. is permitted.
11 Only one exhaust gasket is permitted, maximum thickness of 2mm.
184.
185.
CHAPTER 29 - FORMULA 100
Preamble
This class exists as an intermediate step for those senior karters wishing to compete in the CIK classes
at national championships level and for karters being too heavy for the CIK weights. It is intended that
the costs of competition in this class should be controlled however the technical requirements for
engines will be the same as the CIK classes to allow easy exchange of equipment and easy transition
through classes.
29.01 Engines
1 Any homologated single cylinder series production air or water cooled engine
complying to CIK Formula A or Intercontinental A regulations is eligible. Maximum
exhaust port timing for Intercontinental A engines does not apply for this class.
2 It must be possible to identify an homologated engine or its parts (cylinder head,
cylinder, crank cases and crank shaft) by the technical descriptions (photos, technical
drawings and the like) on the homologation forms.
3 Maximum capacity 101cc, except for pre 1998 engines which may be maximum
103cc.
4 All systems of powervalve are forbidden
5 In addition to any currently approved engines for the Formula 100 Class, newly
homologated CIK engines will become eligible from 01 January in the year in which
they are homologated by CIK and following registration with the AKA.
6 Unless otherwise specified all parts are to be by the original engine manufacturer.
29.02 Exhaust Port Height Check for pre 1998 homologated engines:
Stroke Rod Length centre distance Piston allowable travel
52.0 100 30.1
51.0 100 29.5
50.6 100 29.2
50.5 100 29.1
50.0 100 28.8
48.5 98 27.9
46.0 96 26.4
29.03 Modifications:
1 Modifications to homologated engines are permitted,
EXCEPT to the following:
• Stroke
• Bore (outside maximum limits)
• Number of transfer passages and inlet ports in the cylinder and crankcase.
• Number of exhaust ports and passages.(the creation of new exhaust ports or
passages is forbidden.)
• Connecting Rod centre distance. (magnetic material compulsory)
2 It must always be possible to identify the original parts of the homologated engine.
186.
29.04 Ignition:
Only group 2 CIK homologated ignition system is permitted
29.05 Non Tech Items:
Unless otherwise specified, non tech items include – bearings and cages, crank pin,
fasteners, gaskets, piston and rings, seals, piston pin, spacers, washers, spark plug. (refer
Rule 25.21)
29.06 Exhaust System:
For reed valve engines (Intercontinental A) in this class it is not compulsory to use the CIK
homologated exhaust pipe.
29.07 Carburettor:
1 Carburettor to be Formula A type:
A = 24.0mm OR A = 25.5mm
B = 27.8mm B = 25.5mm
187.
CHAPTER 30 - PISTON PORT
Preamble
This section covers AKA approved Piston Port engines for Senior competition, Rules 30.01
to 30.18 Deleted 1997.
30.19 Engines:
1 Engines must be CIK approved for Intercontinental A Junior with AKA approval for
direct drive crankshaft. The exception is for AKA homologated engines.
2 In addition to any currently approved engines for the Piston Port Class, newly
homologated CIK engines will become eligible from 01 January in the year in which
they are homologated by CIK and following registration with the AKA.
3 Unless otherwise specified all major parts are to be original engine manufacture.
30.20 Exhaust Port Height Check:
Mandatory Exhaust Port Height Check for 177o maximum duration.
30.21 Exhaust Muffler:
Piston Port Engines are permitted to use the exhaust muffler homologated for use with that
engine by the CIK or be the homologated muffler for a later model Piston Port engine from
that engine manufacturer. If the homologated exhaust muffler is not used then the exhaust
muffler used must comply with Rule 25.26.(a),(b),(c) and (e).
30.22 Tyres:
1 No modifications permitted. tyre treatment is illegal. (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry weather tyres MG Yellow (1 set + one 1 replacement tyre/meeting)
3 Wet weather tyres Any CIK group 2 wet - chapter 23 (1 set + one 1
replacement tyre/meeting)
4 Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices.
30.23 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22.
30.24 Weight:
140 Kg
30.25 External Modifications:
External modifications which do not in any way affect a performance gain are legal.
30.26 Internal Additions:
(i) No additional material may be added except in the case of engine repairs and shall
only restore engine or components to original specifications.
(ii) The use of thermal barrier coatings / ceramic coatings on or in exhaust components
is prohibited.
30.27 Interchange of Parts:
Legal between engines of like dimensions (bore, stroke) as long as no removal or addition of
material is required to interchange said parts.
30.28 Legal Additions:
Legal additions shall be limited to the following: Carburettor return springs, chain guard,
direct drive sprocket, extension of carburettor jet needles, exhaust header, motor mount,
188.
muffler, starter nut and pulley, tachometer, temperature gauge, third bearing and adaptor
shaft.
30.29 Limitations on Drivers:
To be eligible to compete in this class, a competitor must hold an AKA A or B Grade licence.
30.30 Non-Tech. Items:
Unless otherwise specified, non-tech. items include bearings and cages, crankpin, fasteners,
gaskets, piston and rings, seals, piston pin, spacers, washers and spark plug. (Refer Rule
25.21).
30.31 Displacement:
The maximum capacity will be 105cc.
30.32 Exhaust, Intake and Transfer Ports:
Modifications are permitted, except:
(i) Number of transfer passages and inlet ports in the cylinder and crankcase.
(ii) Number of exhaust ports and passages.
(iii) Port surface finish is a non-tech item.
30.33 OEM combustion chamber insert is permitted.
30.34 Connecting Rod:
Must be the same length as original and made of magnetic material.
30.35 Crankshaft:
Must be by original engine Manufacturer with no change of stroke permitted.
30.36 Ignition:
The only permissible ignition system is either of the following :
Group 2 CIK homologated or Yamaha.
1. The fitting of the module YAMAHA, VICTA, ATOM or DELTA/WEI SHIEH is
permissible.
30.37 Carburettor:
Any butterfly type carburettor providing it comes within the following specifications:
(i) Maximum two adjustable jets permitted
(ii) No fixed jets permitted.
(iii) All fuel to the engine must pass through the high and low speed fuel metering jets and
passages.
189.
DIAGRAM IS FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES ONLY
190.
CHAPTER 31 – FORMULA AUSTRALIA
31.01 Engines:
(a) ARC SPEC 100A
(b) ARC SPEC 100W
(c) ARC SPEC 100W / YAMAHA KT100S Hybrid–Watercooled
These engines are based on a Yamaha KT100S below the cylinder base gasket and a Formula
Australia water-cooled top end above the cylinder base gasket.
This section covers the above engines that must be maintained within the specifications
approved by the AKA as outlined below.
31.02 Reserved
31.03 Weights:
(a) Formula Aust Light - 145 kg – watercooled, 140kg - aircooled
(b) Formula Aust Heavy – 165 kg watercooled, 160kg - aircooled
(c) Formula Aust Super Heavy – 185 kg watercooled, 180kg aircooled
(d) Formula Aust Over 40’s – 165 kg watercooled, 160kg aircooled
(Maximum kart weight for Heavy and Super Heavy – 88 kg refer Rule 25.19)
31.05 Tyres:
1 No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal. (Refer Rule 23.03)
2 Dry weather tyres MG AZ Red (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3 Wet weather tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
4 Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
31.06 Braking:
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. Refer Rule 25.07 (i)
31.07 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
31.09 Carburettor:
Refer rule 25.26
191.
31.11 Insulating Spacer:
Hole size 26.42mm max.
The AKA39 Muffler does not require an AKA Registered Silencer and is optional for use in
Formula Australia. The AKA39 is not compulsory.
31.15 Ignition:
a) Ignition must be that supplied by the original engine manufacturer which is approved
by the AKA. Any optional unit must be approved and registered with the AKA for this
class.
The use of the following AKA approved TCI module is permissible:
YAMAHA, VICTA, ATOM, DELTA/WEI SHIEH, PRD, PRD with coil.
No modifications or repairs to any of the listed AKA approved modules is permitted.
The fitting of a PRD ignition coil and a PRD ignition rotor (flywheel) is permissible
(this includes the Oppama ignition system).
b) Ignition timing may be adjusted by the removal of the locating key or part thereof
and/or by the ignition plate.
c) All engines must rotate in a clockwise direction when viewed from the drive side.
d) Ignition/rotor cover is optional.
e) It is permissible to repair/replace the connector on the TCI module and mating wiring
192.
31.18 Internal Additions:
No additional material may be added except in the case of engine repairs and shall only
restore engine or components to original specifications. The cylinder may NOT be repaired
in any of the port or passage as cast or machined areas.
(a) The use of thermal barrier coatings / ceramic coatings on or in the engine / engine
components and on or in exhaust components is prohibited.
(b) The use of anti friction coatings on or in the engine/engine components is prohibited.
31.20 Clutch:
The permissible AKA registered clutches that may be used in this class are the ARC OEM
clutch and the SSS clutch (AKA Registration Number 45)
31.21 Waterpump.
Drive, type and mounting is optional
31.24 Displacement:
The maximum piston and stroke are:
Piston 53.00mm Stroke 46.13mm
31.26 Piston:
1. Piston must be AKA approved ARC (forged or cast) and stock in appearance.
2. Approved aftermarket pistons form 2000 include YAMAHA, KSI, KSI MK II,
193.
JDP/Vertex and Strike.
3. Bottom of piston should be 90 degrees to sides. It is permissible to notch the piston
to allow the removal of circlip. The piston skirt length may be machined, providing it
conforms to the current specifications as laid down in these rules.
194.
Cylinder Machining:
All machined surfaces may be re-machined as long as engine is within any other
specifications within the rules.
31.30 Crankshaft:
Must be of original engine manufacturer.
(a) Crank Pin to be hollow pin 18mm (Crank Pin plugs Optional)
(b) Crank Pin length 44.80mm min, 45.00mm max
(c) Crank Pin bore diameter measurement: 10.25 mm min, 10.45 mm max.
(d) It is permissible to recondition the crankshaft main shaft by plating
(e) Crank Shaft outside diameter measurement: 86.60mm min., 87.25mm max.
Note: If the crank assembly is outside the min/max dimensions, then disassemble engine to
inspect further. Crankshaft width (measured across shoulder for the main bearings) to be
45.59 mm min.
31.31 Crankcase:
The crankcase ports will remain as cast. The minimum chordal distance measured with a
vernier caliper across the widest section of the transfer ports shall be 97.5mm minimum.
(Refer diagram Rule 34.46). All machined surfaces may be re-machined as long as engine is
within any other specifications within the rules. It is permissible to repair crankcase main
bearing recesses by welding or with metal inserts.
NOTE: Existing crankcases that are narrow may be spaced with a thicker gasket.
195.
THE FOLLOWING SECTION COVERS HYBRID ENGINES WHERE ALTERNATE
CONNECTING ROD, CRANKSHAFT AND CRANKCASE MAY BE USED AS PER RULE 31.01C
31.33 Crankshaft:
Legal crankshafts are Yamaha, or KSI
(a) Outside diameter measurement: 86.60mm min., 87.25mm max.
(b) Crank Pin to be standard hollow pin.
Note: If the crank assembly is outside the min/max dimensions, then disassemble engine to
inspect further. Crankshaft width (measured across shoulder for the main bearings) to be
45.59 mm min.
31.34 Crankcase:
The crankcase ports will remain as cast. The minimum chordal distance measured with a
vernier caliper across the widest section of the transfer ports shall be 97.5mm minimum.
(Refer diagram below). All machined surfaces may be re-machined as long as engine is
within any other specifications within the rules. It is permissible to repair crankcase main
bearing recesses by welding or with metal inserts.
It is permissible to use ARC electric start crankcase on Yamaha KT100S if clutch and starter
motor is fitted.
NOTE: Existing crankcases that are narrow may be spaced with a thicker gasket.
196.
DIAGRAMS ARE FOR DIMENSIONAL REFERENCE ONLY
197.
CHAPTER 32 - PRD RK100 ENGINE CLASS
198.
CODE DIMENSION CODE DIMENSION
A 41mm max D 16mm max
B 3.0mm min E 41mm max
C 22mm max F 3.0mm min
32.10 Piston:
Original Engine Manufacture
32.11 Conrod:
As supplied by manufacturer. No modifications permitted.
32.12 Crankshaft:
As supplied by manufacturer. No modifications permitted.
32.15 Carburettor:
Refer rule 25.30
199.
32.17 Airbox and Carburettor Adaptor: As per Rule 25.25
200.
WATER COOLED RESA ENGINES AND AIR COOLED
CONVERSION KITS ARE IN STOCK. FOR MORE
INFO KEEP AN EYE ON THE NEW WEB SITE
www.resaracing.com.au
www.pcr.com.au
NEW ADDRESS FOR THE PCR AUSTRALIA
36 WATERVIEW STREET, CARLTON NSW 2218
TEL 02 9546 5800 FAX 02 9546 5509
201.
CHAPTER 33 - RESA CLASS
Preamble
This class has National and State Championship status, however it is not eligible to run at the
National Championships (R20.21(i))
The regulations of the ReSa National Championship will be published by the NKC on an
annual basis.
33.01 Engine Eligibility:
(a) PCR PV50, ReSa PV50 and ReSa W engines only.
All parts must be by the original manufacturer where those parts are identified by
PCR marking. Markings must not be altered or removed. Parts not identified, as PCR
parts are free. All engines must be run as homologated unless specified elsewhere.
(b) Crank Halves are not to be modified from the original homologation and are to be
43mm across the width of both halves for both ReSa aircooled engine and the ReSa
water cooled engine with a tolerance of +0.1mm and –0.3mm.
(c) Conrod for both Air-cooled and Water-cooled engines must be either stamped or laser
engraved with the PCR logo, and is not to be modified in any way from the original
homologation.
(d) Barrell sleeves can be replaced with original PCR sleeves only.
(e) No external modifications allowed except for attachment of springs & seals.
(f) Engine measuring system will as per the new AKA Registered piston travel gauges.
Removal of the head and barrel for inspection to certify the piston and conrod being
run may be required to confirm PCR original parts have been used (parts will be
labelled accordingly).
33.02 Non Technical Items
All Bearings, Piston Circlips, Seals, Fasteners, Fin Dampeners, Gaskets, Piston Pin, Crank
Pin, Spacers and washers, Drive Sprocket, Exhaust Flex, Spark Plug, Spark Cap and Lead,
All Port Surfaces.
Internal Modifications
No additional material may be added except in the case of engine repairs and can only restore
the engine or components to original specifications.
All forms of standard tuning are permitted, including polishing and reshaping ports,
polishing and rebalancing reciprocating or rotating parts. In all these cases these
modifications cannot disguise the origin of the engine parts.
33.03 Ignition - Group 2 CIK ignitions are approved.
33.04 Port Duration:
(a) max exhaust port duration for PCR/ReSa PV50 (air-cooled) is 177 (+/- 2) degrees.
(b) max exhaust port duration for PCR/ReSa W (water cooled) is 177 degrees
33.05 Piston Size:
(a) Maximum piston diameter 50 .35 mm
(b) PCR Pistons can be either black coated or silver and can be centre peg, or offset peg
and must have the original PCR marking.
(c) Air-cooled engines ONLY. Maximum piston diameter 51.00mm. Piston diameter
above 50.35mm ONLY may be non-original.
202.
33.06 Carburettor:
(a) Phenolic or Alloy spacers must be used with Walbro Carburettors and must have a
minimum thickness of 6mm.
1 Walbro WB series as per KT 100S:
Venturi - 24.13mm, Throttle Bore - 25.7mm,
2 Walbro WB as per CIK Inter A Junior:
Venturi - 24.00mm, Throttle Bore - 27.8mm
3 PCR BF24A
Venturi – 24mm, Throttle Bore – 27.7mm
4 PCR BF24 K4
ICAJ Homologation No.32/C/09
33.07 Exhaust Muffler:
Exhaust muffler must be either CIK192-E-06 (PCR) or CIK 195-E-06 (PCR). Or 278 E/95
PCR or 144 E/92 PCR, or 320/M/09.
33.08 Chassis & Body Work:
1 Any chassis approved for general competition
2 Race Numbers - Black on Yellow background.
33.09 Tyres:
1. No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2. Dry Weather Tyres MG Yellow (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting
3. Wet Weather Tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting
4. Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
33.10 Braking:
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. (Refer Rule 25.07)
33.11 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
33.12 Weights: Kart and driver as raced.
(a) ReSa Light – Air Cooled - 140 Kg
(b) ReSa Light – Water Cooled - 145 Kg
(c) ReSa Heavy – Air Cooled – 160 Kg
(d) ReSa Heavy – Water Cooled – 165 Kg
(e) Clubs, Race Organiser or Class promoter may vary the weights for club days and/or
series events.
33.13 Limitations on Drivers
a) To be eligible to compete in this class a competitor must hold a minimum provisional
AKA “C” grade licence.
b) A grade and B grade licence holders will run together. C Grade licence holders will
start behind A & B grade. Provisional licence holders will start behind C Grade.
c) Provisional licence holders will not be able to compete in the ReSa National title or
State Title event.
d) C grade licence holders can run together and mixed at any level of racing when time
trials are being held. International licence holders can also compete at any level of
racing.
203.
Our investment in machinery and
technology combined with the talent of
our people makes us leaders in our field.
Our success has enabled us to support
Australian Karting and Motorsport for
the last 12 years.
33-37 Mentmore Ave, Rosebery, NSW 2018 P 02 9697 3011 F 02 9697 3022
CHAPTER 34 – CLUBMAN 100cc
NOTE. There can be NO interchange of all major components between the KT100SEC engine and
the KT100SE & KT100SD engines. The major components are as follows:
• Crankshaft halves
• Cylinder
• Crankcases
• Ignition rotor
• Ignition stator
• Ignition stator carrier plate
The KT100SEC must run with a clutch and a complete KT100SEC engine starting system.
34.02 Tyres:
1 No modifications permitted, and tyre treatment is illegal. (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry weather tyres MG AZ Red (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3 Wet weather tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
4 Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices.
34.03 Braking:
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. Refer Rule 25.07 (iv)
34.04 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
34.05 Weights:
(a) Clubman Light 140 kg
(b) Clubman Heavy – 160 kg
(c) Clubman Super Heavy – 180 kg
(d) Clubman over 40 (yrs) – 160 kg
Maximum kart weight for Clubman Heavy and Super Heavy Class – 88 kgs.
(Refer Rule 25.19).
34.06 Muffler:
Refer rules 25.23. The AKA39 controlled muffler is mandatory.
205.
34.09 Internal Additions:
No additional material may be added except in the case of engine repairs and shall only restore
engine or components to original specifications. The cylinder may NOT be repaired in any of the
port or passage as cast areas.
(a) The use of thermal barrier coatings / ceramic coatings on or in the engine / engine
components and on or in exhaust components is prohibited.
(b) The use of anti friction coatings on or in the engine / engine components is prohibited.
34.11 Clutch:
The only permissible clutches are AKA registered clutches which are the Yamaha Freeline (AKA
Registration Number 44) and the SSS (AKA Registration Number 45) and also the ARC clutch for
engines with an ARC lower end assembly as per R34.23
34.13 Displacement:
The maximum piston and stroke are:
Piston 53.00mm Stroke 46.13mm
Cylinder Machining:
All machined surfaces may be re-machined as long as engine is within any other specifications
within the rules.
206.
34.15 Yamaha KT100S Engine Compliance
Refer to rule 26.04 for procedure.
34.19 Piston:
Piston must be approved and stock appearing.
AKA approved/registered pistons are YAMAHA, KSI, KSI MK 11, JDP/Vertex and ARC (forged
and cast) and Strike.
Bottom of piston should be 90 degrees to sides. It is permissible to notch the piston to allow the
removal of circlip. The piston skirt length may be machined, providing it conforms to the current
specifications as laid down in these Rules.
207.
DIAGRAM IS FOR DIMENSIONAL REFERENCE ONLY
Note: Skirt length must be equal distance on both sides
34.22 Crankshaft:
Legal crankshafts are Yamaha or KSI
(a) Outside diameter measurement: 86.60mm min., 87.25mm max.
(b) Crank Pin to be standard hollow pin.
(c) It is permissible to recondition the crankshaft main shaft by plating
34.23 Crankcase:
The crankcase ports will remain as cast. The minimum chordal distance measured with a vernier
caliper across the widest section of the transfer ports shall be 97.5mm minimum. (Refer diagram
below). All machined surfaces may be re-machined as long as engine is within any other
208.
specifications within the rules. It is permissible to repair crankcase main bearing recesses by
welding or with metal inserts.
It is permissible to use ARC electric start crankcase & crankshaft on Yamaha KT100SE &
KT100SD if the clutch, starter motor, starter motor battery and electrical system is fitted.
NOTE: Existing crankcases that are narrow may be spaced with a thicker gasket.
34.24 Ignition:
a) Ignition must be that supplied by the original engine manufacturer which is approved by
the AKA. Any optional unit must be approved and registered with the AKA for this class.
The use of the following AKA approved TCI module is permissible on KT100SE and
KT100SD engines only:
YAMAHA, VICTA, ATOM, DELTA/WEI SHIEH, PRD, PRD with coil.
No modifications or repairs to any of the listed AKA approved modules is permitted.
The fitting of a PRD ignition coils and a PRD ignition rotors (flywheel) is permissible (this
includes the Oppama ignition system) on KT100SE and KT100SD engines only.
b) Ignition timing may be adjusted by the removal of the locating key or part thereof on
KT100SE and KT100SD engines only.
c) All engines must rotate in a clockwise direction when viewed from the drive side.
d) Ignition/rotor cover optional.
e) It is permissible to repair/replace the connector on the TCI module and mating wiring.
34.25 Carburettor:
Refer rule 25.26
209.
34.29 Aluminium Carburettor Mount Plate:
Hole size 26.29mm max.
210.
CHAPTER 35 – FORMULA JMA
EXPERIMENTAL CLASS
Experimental Classes have been sanctioned by the National Karting Council.
The following specifications have been provided by the AKA for the conduct of this class as
non-championship events/series.
35.1. Kart:
1.1 Chassis: Complying to Rule 28.03
1.2 Brakes: Front wheel brakes are not permitted, Rule 28.04.
1.3 Bodywork: Refer to Chapter 25
1.4 Tyres: The only tyres allowed are:
Dry weather tyres: MG AZ Red
Front: 4.5 x 10.0 – 5 Rear: 7.1 x 11.0 - 5
Wet weather tyres: Dunlop, Type KT6SWL1
Front: 4.0 x 10.0 –5 Rear: 6.5 x 11.0 –5
Refer to Chapter 23 of the 2007 AKA Karting Manual.
1.5 Composite materials: Refer to Chapter 25.20 of the 2007 AKA Karting Manual.
1.6 Petrol: Refer to Chapter 22
35.2 Drivers:
2.1 Age: 13 -16 years
2.2 License limitations: Only those holding a Junior AKA A and B grade license are eligible.
2.3 Weight: 145 kg. (Maximum kart weight 100kg)
35.4 Engines
The only eligible engine is the BRP-Rotax Junior Max.
For use in Australian racing, every engine must have the Official Formula Rotax Australia Stamp
on the crankcase and also on the reed block face of the cylinder.
Each engine is delivered with its own engine IDENTITY CARD Only “Authorised Distributors
for ROTAX kart products” and “Authorized Service Centers for ROTAX kart products” are
allowed to seal engines after carefully checking the engine according to the „Technical
Specification for the ROTAX engine type 125 Junior MAX.
Special ROTAX seals (black anodized aluminium seal with “ROTAX” logo and a 6 digit serial
number) with a steel cable must be used.
At scrutineering, the driver has to present the engine with an undamaged seal and the engine
IDENTITY CARD, showing the matching engine serial number, seal number, stamp and
signature of the company which sealed the engine.
This procedure helps to reduce scrutineering times at races, nevertheless in the case of a protest,
it is possible for the scrutineers to open and check the engines before or after the race. After
211.
checking the engines step by step to ensure it is in accordance with the “Technical
Specifications”, it is possible for the AKA Technical team and in conjunction with the staff of
the “Authorised ROTAX Service Center or Distributor” to reseal the engine.
This technical specification should enable the technical inspector to verify the original condition
of the ROTAX engine type 125 Junior MAX with configuration 15 kW. By checking of these
figures, step by step, the uniformity of the technical basis of the engine can be confirmed.
Only genuine ROTAX components that are specifically designed and supplied for the Rotax 125
Junior MAX engine are legal, unless otherwise specified.
Neither the engine nor any of its ancillaries may be modified in any way. “Modified” is defined
as any change in form, content or function that represents a condition of difference from that
originally designed. This is to include the addition and/or omission of parts and/or material from
the engine package assembly unless specifically allowed within these rules. The adjustment of
elements specifically designed for that purpose shall not be classified as modifications, i.e.
carburettor and exhaust adjustment screws.
Internal additions: no additional material may be added except in the case of engine repairs and
shall only restore the engine or components to original specifications.
• The use of thermal barrier coatings/ceramic coatings on or in the engine and on or in the
exhaust system is prohibited.
• The use of anti-friction coatings in or on the engine/engine components is prohibited.
Legal additions: Chain guard, engine mount, temperature gauge and tachometer/hour meter,
inline fuel filter, catch can mounting brackets and supplemental ignition coil mounting brackets,
within the limits specified in this document.
“Non-tech items: non-original fasteners, circlips, washers, bearings, throttle cable and housing,
fuel and pulse line (type and size) are allowed unless otherwise specified.”
212.
35.7 Piston
1. Original, coated or uncoated, aluminium, cast piston only with one, original, magnetic,
1mm-rectangular-piston ring, with ‘E CRY K’ marked on the ring. The piston has to
show on the inside the words ‘ELKO’ and ‘MADE IN AUSTRIA’ in casting.”
2. Machined areas are: Top end of piston, outside diameter, groove for the piston ring, bore
for piston pin, inside diameter at bottom end of piston. All other surfaces are not
machined and have cast surface.
35.9 Cylinder.
1. Light-alloy-cylinder with GILNISIL-plating, configuration with one main exhaust port.
Any re-plating is not allowed.
2. Maximum bore: 54,035 mm (measured 10 mm above the exhaust port).
3. Cylinder has to be marked with ROTAX-Logo (1), see illustration 2 or 2.1.
4. 125 Junior MAX:
5. Cylinder has to be marked with identification code. 223 999 (2), see illustration 2 or 2.1.
6. Height of cylinder has to be 87 mm with a tolerance of –0,05/+0,1 mm (3), see
illustration 3.
7. All transfer ports and passages are cast finish except some pre-existing, factory removal
of flashing from inlet and exhaust port and passages. All ports have chamfered edges to
prevent ring snagging. Any additional machining is not permitted.”
8. The “exhaust port timing” (distance from the top of the cylinder to the top of the exhaust
port) has to be checked by means of a template (ROTAX part no. 277 395). Insert the
template into the cylinder bore (until it stops at the top of the cylinder). Align the
template in centreline from inlet to exhaust port and move the template towards the
exhaust port until it stops at the cylinder wall.
Attention: Take care to use the corresponding side of the template to check the exhaust
port timing of a MAX or Junior/Mini MAX cylinder. The groove in the template must
align with the grove for the o-ring in the cylinder.
9. The official Formula Rotax Australia stamp must be present on the reed block face.
10. Due to manufacturing procedures, some cylinders may have been machined on the
exhaust flange.
213.
35.11 Crankshaft
1. Stroke: 54,5mm +/- 0,1 mm.
2. Conrod (7) has to show forged number “213” “365” or “367” on shaft (see ill. no. 4)
3. Shaft of con rod is not machined (copper plated). Grinding or polishing of shaft of con
rod is not permitted.
35.13 Crankcase
1. As supplied by the manufacturer. No grinding/polishing is permitted in the two main
transfer passages.
2. The official Formula Rotax Australia stamp must be present on the crankcase.
3. Either sand-cast gearbox cover (part no. 211870) or pressure diecast gearbox cover (part
no. 211871) is permitted.
35.15 Carburettor
1. DELL’ORTO carburettor.
2. “VHSB 34” cast in the housing of the carburettor
3. “QD” or “QS” stamped in the housing of the carburettor.
4. The complete inlet bore in the casing of the carburettor must show cast surface
5. Jet needle housing/atomiser tube stamped with FN 266
6. The carburettor slide must show with size “40” in casting and the bottom end of the slide
must show cast surface.
7. Jet needle stamped with K27 or K98
214.
8. The size of any hole in any of the following is unregulated. Main jet, needle and seat,
pilot jet, pilot jet emulsion insert, choke jet. The position of the float/float arms and the
weight of the floats are unregulated. All items (jets, needles, etc) referred to above must
be present and operational.
9. Settings of the carburettor adjustment screws are free.
10. Main jets smaller than size 160 or bigger than 200 are not recommended by ROTAX
11. Main jets smaller than size 160 and bigger than size 200 are legal also if they are not
available from ROTAX
12. A minimum required size of main jet may be determined for each race event by a
“Supplementary Regulation”.
35.17 Radiator
1. Single aluminium radiator as shown in illustration 5.
2. Cooling area: Height = 290 mm, width = 133 mm
3. Thickness of radiator = 32 mm
4. Place of fixing the radiator is on right side of engine.
5. Radiator must be mounted with all components shown either like in illustration 5 or like
in illustration 5.1
6. No additional cooling device is allowed. Tape applied to the face of the radiator only is
allowed as an air flow control means. All other means of air flow control through the
radiator are prohibited.
35.19 Clutch
1. Dry centrifugal clutch, engagement r.p.m. maximum at 3.000 r.p.m.
2. That means, that the kart (with driver in kart) has to start to move when the engine speed
reaches 3.000 r.p.m. or less
3. The use of the Rotax clutch pin support plate is permitted.
215.
the silencer absorption material and the use of threaded fasteners in place of the rivets for
securing the silencer end cap.
2. Standard exhaust socket must be used.
3. Exhaust pipe with after muffler as shown in illustration 7:
4. Length of inlet cone: 592 mm +/-5 mm (measured on outside from beginning of exhaust
pipe until beginning of cylindrical part).
5. Length of cylindrical part of exhaust pipe: 125 mm +/-5 mm.
6. Length of end cone: 225 mm, +/-5 mm (measurement, see illustration 8).
7. Outside diameter of 180º bent tube: 41mm +1,5 mm/–1,0 mm (measured at beginning
and end of bend).
8. Diameter of hole of end cap of (illustration 7, pos. 3 or 6): 21 mm +/-0,2 mm.
9. The expansion chamber and silencer supplied with the engine may not be modified,
except for the addition of extra elements to further reduce noise levels.
10. A welded on socket (for exhaust temperature measurement) on top of the exhaust in the
position 50 mm from the flange of the exhaust is allowed.
11. The use of maximum 4 pieces of original ROTAX exhaust springs to fix the exhaust to
the cylinder is allowed
12. Only one exhaust gasket is permitted, maximum thickness of 2mm
216.
217.
218.
219.
CHAPTER 36 - NATIONAL 100CC
36.02 Tyres
1 No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry Weather Tyres Dunlop SL1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3 Wet Weather Tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyres / meeting)
4 Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
36.03 Braking
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. Refer Rule 25.07 (iv).
36.04 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
36.05 Weight:
(a) National 100cc Light – 140kg
(b) National 100cc Heavy – 155kg
MAXIMUM KART WEIGHT FOR NATIONAL 100cc HEAVY CLASS - 88 kgs.
(Refer Rule 25.19).
36.09 Clutch:
AKA registered clutch for this class is the SSS (AKA registration number 38) only
220.
36.11 Displacement:
The maximum piston and stroke are:-
Piston Stroke
51.00 mm 50.05 mm
CODE DIMENSION
E 29.60mm max
F 24.45mm max
G 30.60mm max
Port Split 6.00mm minimum High Point, exhaust to transfer.
Port Split 7.00mm minimum Low Point, exhaust to transfer.
Cylinder machining:
All machined surfaces may be re- machined as long as engine is within any other
specifications within the rules.
221.
5 The combustion chamber/squish area shall not protrude beyond the gasket sealing
face of the cylinder head.
6 The spark plug thread may be repaired and shall retain its original position in relation
to crankshaft axis.
7 Maximum distance from sealing surface of spark plug to combustion chamber sealing
face shall be 33.5mm.
36.15 Piston:
Piston must be approved and stock appearing.
Legal pistons are YAMAHA, KSI or Strike. Piston crown to be as cast. Chamfer on skirt of
piston to be not more than 0.9mm maximum. It is permissible to notch the piston to accept
earless circlips. The piston skirt length may be machined, providing it conforms with the
current specifications as laid down in these Rules.
Note: Skirt length must be equal distance on both sides
36.18 Crankshaft:
Must be stock and have a minimum width across top of the crankwheel of 48.8mm. Plugging
of the counter- balance recesses, shot peening, polishing or removal of the Yamaha etching
is forbidden. Crank pin to be standard solid pin. It is permissible to recondition the
crankshaft main shaft by plating.
222.
36.19 Crankcase:
The crankcase ports will remain as cast. The minimum chordal distance measured with a
vernier calliper across the widest section of the transfer ports shall be 81.5mm minimum.
(Refer diagram below).
NOTE: Existing crankcases that are narrow may be spaced with a thicker gasket.
36.20 Ignition:
(i) Must be external rotor type and OEM supply.
(ii) Both CDI and TCI ignition units as supplied by Yamaha are eligible.
(iii) No modifications or internal repairs to the TCI unit are permissible.
(iv) No CDI unit shall vary more than one (1) degree from the maximum advance to the
advance found at 10,000 rpm.
(v) It is permissible to repair/replace the connector for both CDI and TCI modules and
mating wire.
(vi) Maximum inside diameter measurement of the ignition rotor to be 62.00mm
IGNITION ROTOR
36.21 Carburettor:
Refer rule 25.26
223.
36.23 Phenolic Spacer:
To remain as moulded by Yamaha Factory and conform to diagram below. Drilling of the
phenolic spacer mounting holes permitted. Sealing face may be re-faced.
224.
CHAPTER 37 - JUNIOR PISTON PORT
37.01 Engines:
Junior Piston Port engines are restricted to CIK homologated engines and AKA homologated
engines conforming to CIK specifications and Australian manufactured and/or designed
engines homologated to Piston Port Class.
37.02 Tyres:
1. No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2. Dry Weather Tyres MG Yellow (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3. Wet Weather Tyres Any CIK group 2 wet – chapter 23 (1 set + 1 replacement
tyre / meeting)
4. Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
37.03 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
37.04 Weight:
100cc Piston Port - 135 Kg
Specifications / Tolerances
1. CIK Homologated JICA Engines specifications as per 50.6.2 (Refer CIK Technical
Regulations, Article 11/2002)
2. The use of an 18mm restrictor with 3mm thickness is waived for this class.
3. Inlet and Exhaust specifications as per 50.6.2 (Refer also CIK Technical Regulations,
Article 11/2002) applies to all eligible engines for this class.
4. Pre 2001 CIK Homologated JICA engines permitted a 2% cubic capacity tolerance.
5. Clutch is optional – if used must be CIK homologated and as per 50.6.2 (Refer CIK
Technical Regulations, Article 11/2002)
6. CIK Homologated Engines Technical reference Article 11 CIK 2002.
7. All engines must use Homologated exhaust that has been homologated for that
particular engine and as listed in Chapter 30 for the engine used.
8. carburettor as per 50.6.2 (Refer CIK Technical Regulations, Article 11/2002 including
Article 42 Tolerance)
225.
37.07 Junior Facing Stewards:
Any Junior called before a Steward/s or Official must be accompanied by a Parent/Guardian.
(Refer Rule 7.29).
226.
CHAPTER 38 - JUNIOR CLUBMAN
38.01 Engines:
YAMAHA KT100S, ARC SPEC 100A, ARC SPEC 100W, HYBRID/Hybrid, ARC SPEC
100A – Air-Cooled/Hybrid. (Refer Rule 31.01)
38.02 Tyres:
1 No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry Weather Tyres MG AZ Red (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3 Wet Weather Tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting
4 Refer Chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
38.03 Braking:
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. (Refer Rule 25.07)
38.04 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
38.06 Exhaust Muffler: Refer Rule 25.22 and 25.23 for technical specification
227.
CHAPTER 39 - JUNIOR NATIONAL
228.
CHAPTER 40 - ROOKIES
40.02 Tyres:
1 No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry Weather Tyres Dunlop SL1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
Optional to use either 10 x 4.5 – 5 OR 11 x 7.1 – 5 tyres on the rear
3 Wet Weather Tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
Optional to use either 10 x 4.5 – 5 OR 11 x 6.00 – 5 tyres on the rear
4 Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
40.03 Braking:
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. (Refer Rule 25.07)
40.04 Fuel:
Refer to CHAPTER 22
229.
40.09 Exhaust Header Pipe and Muffler:
As per R25.08, R25.09, R25.22 (1) & (2)
230.
231.
CHAPTER 41 - MIDGETS
Spirit and Intent. The purpose of this Class is to teach young people to drive karts of restricted
performance at limited cost.
41.01 Engines: COMER S80, SW80 and/ OR Yamaha KT100J. This section covers the Yamaha
KT100J, Comer S80 and Comer SW80 engines that must be maintained within the
specifications approved by the AKA as outlined below.
Note: In the SW80, the cylinder and the cylinder head are two separate components, whereas
the Comer S80 has a one-piece cylinder/cylinder head. This is the only major difference
between the two engines.
The AKA reserves the right to adjust the specification of the SW80 in order to achieve parity
between it and the S80 engine and also the KT100J engine as per R41.26.
41.02 Tyres:
1 No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry Weather Tyres Dunlop SL1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
Optional to use either 10 x 4.5 – 5 OR 11 x 7.1 – 5 tyres on the rear
3 Wet Weather Tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
Optional to use either 10 x 4.5 -5 OR 11 x 6.00 - 5 tyres on the rear
Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
41.03 Braking: Front wheel brakes are not permitted. (Refer Rule 25.07)
232.
permitted to be restarted with assistance by delegated persons and at the discretion of the
Starter and/or Clerk of Course.
Delegated persons must retire to a safe position once the race has commenced. (Refer Rule
16.08)
41.10 THIS SECTION COVERS THE COMER S80 AND COMER SW80 ENGINES,
WHICH CONFORMS TO THE COMER SPECIFICATIONS AS APPROVED BY
THE AKA. ANY ALTERATIONS/MODIFICATIONS ARE STRICTLY
PROHIBITED EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORISED WITHIN THESE
RULES.
41.12 Carburettor:
1. Tillotson HL 326A or HL 166B with a Venturi of 15.87 mm. maximum. Carburettor
to be stock as supplied by COMER and the choke is to remain attached. No additional
machining or polishing of any cast surface. This includes throat, venturi, etc. of
carburettor. All screws, etc. to remain as supplied by Manufacturer.
233.
2. The airbox adaptor shall be stock as supplied by COMER, or a replica manufactured
to original Comer specifications. Refer Diagram below
41.14 Engine:
CHROME BORE Bore Stroke
52.1mm. 38.1mm. Maximum.
234.
41.17 Head Volume:
1. Comer S80 - Cylinder head volume measurement to be 9.2cc using the AKA Comer
S80 cc plug gauge type 3. Refer to Rule 26.01 for procedure.
2. Comer SW80 - Cylinder head volume measurement to be 11.0cc using the AKA
Comer SW80 cc plug gauge (Type 4). Refer to Rule 26.01 for procedure
41.18 Crankshaft, Conrod, Piston, Piston Rings, Piston Pin and Piston Pin Bearing:
Specifications and Tolerances:
1 The piston skirt will carry a maximum chamfer of 0.5mm
Note: skirt length must be equal distance on both sides.
2 Piston pin bore is 8.0mm +/- 0.1mm
3 Cast surfaces to have a tolerance of +/- 0.3mm
4 Compliance checks: Refer to chapter 26, procedure steps 1,2,3 and 5
235.
Drawing to be changed –
WEIGHTS IN GRAMS
Vertex piston (S80) …………………88 to 92 Crankshaft + connection rod ……………714 to 729
Vertex (USA)piston (SW80) ………93 to 98 Complete crankshaft + piston (S80) ……840 to 855
Piston ring T.C …………………2.75 to 2.85 Complete crankshaft + piston (SW80) …845 to 861
Piston ring …………………………0.2 to 0.3 Flywheel complete ………………………645 - 665
Piston pin……………………………19 to 23 Cage …………………………INA KZK 12x17x13
Piston pin needle bearing …………………7 HEAD CAGE …………………INA KZK 16x22x12
BEARING ………………………RIV 6202
The engines must be original in all their components according to the Comer drawing(s), any
removal, addition or polishing of material is strictly forbidden. This includes sandblasting, bead
or fibreglass blasting, acid etching, grinding etc.
41.19 Ignition:
Ducati/Bosch KDT - 1. Is slotted for adjustment. Adjustment slots are cast in and cannot be
machined for more adjustment. Spark plug cap is a non-tech item. Refer to Rule 25.21 for
Spark Plug dimensions.
236.
41.20 Engine Fan:
The dimensions of the detachable plastic finned rotar fan - Part No. S60 9690 02 - are to be
125mm.dia. by 37.7mm. min width and this finned rotar fan to be replaced if any fins are
broken off.
41.22 Gaskets:
All gaskets to be used at all times and conform to the measurements on the diagrams, with
the exception of the cylinder base gasket, which is dimensionally free but a gasket(s) must
be used.
237.
41.24 Clean Holes:
The air holes in the cord start panel are to be kept clean and clear at all times except for
normal dirt such as can be accumulated during a normal dirt track type race.
238.
41.30 Exhaust Header Pipe/s and Muffler
As per R25.08, R25.09, R25.22 (1) & (2)
41.31 Clutch:
AKA registered clutches may be used in this class as per R36.09.
239.
NON CHAMPIONSHIP CLASS
Non-Championship Classes are conducted in accordance with Rule 19.37.
The following specifications have been provided by the AKA for the conduct of this class.
42.01 Engine
As per State Council recommendations.
42.02 Tyres
1. No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2. Dry weather tyres As per state council recommendations
3. Wet weather tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
4. Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
42.03 Braking
Front wheel brakes not permitted.
42.04 Fuel
Refer to CHAPTER 22
240.
EXPERIMENTAL CLASS
Experimental YAMAHA 100 TAG Class has been sanctioned by the National Karting Council.
The following specifications have been provided by the AKA for the conduct of this class as non-
championship events/series but may be a support class to a series.
ENGINE ELIGIBILITY
Yamaha Model KT100SEC 100cc (pre-fix 7YK) Electric Start only. Neither the engine or any of its
ancillaries may be modified I any way likely to improve performance unless specifically within these
rules.
PART 1
This section covers the KT100SEC series engines
which conforms to the Yamaha Specifications as approved by the A.K.A. Any alterations /
modifications are strictly prohibited except as specifically authorised within these rules.
DISPLACEMENT
97.6cm3, BORE 52.00mm, STROKE 46mm.
CYLINDER
The engine Cylinder must be marked with 7ET. No modifications or grinding is permitted.
CYLINDER HEAD
Must be of original engine manufacturer and mark with the word YAMAHA & conform to drawings
supplied by manufacturer.
CARBURETTOR
Walbro Model WB3A as supplied with engine, NO modifications allowed (no flex jets).
MUFFLER
AKA39 Muffler Powermac (2006 Clubman)
HEADER PIPE
Must be as supplied with engine, NO modifications allowed.
242.
IGNITION
Yamaha TCI as supplied with engine.
PISTON
Piston max size 52.75mm & must be a genuine Yamaha piston, supplied by Yamaha.
CLUTCH
Yamaha racing clutch 11T, engagement at 3000rpm (marked with CIK/92 YAM).
GAUGES
Tacho and timing only. No temperature probes or sensor.
Legend
a. Body 270mm +/ -10mm
b. Baffle Tube Length 95mm minimum
c. Baffle Tubes I.D. 23mm max (at the opening).
Note: A No-Go Gauge to measure Items (c) and (b) on the Noise Induction Silencer is available from
any State Office.
1. The only inlet Silencer for this class must meet all the requirements of above, and registration
by AKA is compulsory.
2. All inducted air must pass through the baffle tube/s into the Induction Silencer and to the
carburettor via a sealed connection
3. An air filter or filter screen may be fitted to reduce entry of foreign matter. The use of an
internal filter is permitted.
4. Air tubes may be partly or completely blocked at the entrance hole only, and the restriction
component must be easily removed for inspection
5. No adjustable systems are allowable
6. It is permissible to drill a single 5mm drain hole.
243.
CHASSIS
The kart is to conform to the general kart formula as detailed in chapter 25 of the AKA Karting manual
except where specifically mentioned in this chapter.
BRAKING
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. NO ABS allowed.
AXLE
40mm only.
FUEL
Refer to Chapter 22.
TYRES
SL1 approved tyre for this class. If they choose to run in Clubman then the competitor has a choice.
WHEELS
Front: Edward Spoke F117S-5FUT
Rear: Edward Spoke R200-5FUT
HUBS
Alloy only no magnesium.
DRIVER LIMITATION
To be eligible to compete in this class a competitor must hold a C Provisional, C Grade and Over 40yrs
B Grade Licence.
WEIGHT
TAG Yamaha 100S – 160kg
NON-TECH ITEMS
Exhaust joint, cable ties, Seals, main bearing, fasteners, washers & spark plugs, Piston Rings and O-
Rings.
INTERNAL ADDITIONS
(a) The use of thermal barrier coatings/ceramic coatings on or in the engine/engine components
and on or in exhaust components is prohibited.
(b) The use of anti friction coatings on or in the engine/ engine components is prohibited.
244.
CHAPTER 44 - TAG 125
Preamble
This class provides Australian Karting with a category that allows competitors with a variety of engines
to compete with each other on even terms. It is expected that this class will continue to evolve during
its early life and the promoters of the class reserve the right to alter the technical regulations at short
notice to ensure the safety of drivers and the fairness of competition.
It is expected that this class will be the entry point for future TAG engines excluding the future SUPER
engines. The following rules are effective 1 January 2007.
Engine
A variety of TAG (Touch and Go) style engines are eligible for use in this category. Engines can be
added or removed at any time by the class promoter. Current Eligible engines are:-
1) Biland SA-250
2) PRD Fireball 125cc
3) Rotax Max 125cc
4) Parilla Leopard 125cc
Chassis
1. The kart is to conform to the general kart formula as detailed in chapter 25 of the
AKA Karting Manual except where specifically mentioned in this chapter.
2. Nosecone is compulsory
3. Maximum Axle Size 50mm
Brakes
1. Front wheel brakes are not permitted
Fuel
1. Refer to rule 25.14. Fuel as run to comply under rule 22.01
Tyres
Dry Weather Tyres: Rotax Max: Bridgestone YJC
Iame Leopard: MG Yellow
PRD Fireball Choice of: Bridgestone YJC,
MG Yellow, Maxxis HG3
Biland SA250 Choice of: Bridgestone YJC,
MG Yellow, Maxxis HG3
Drivers
1. Seniors only holding a provisional AKA C grade license or better
245.
Weights
Rotax: Zero weight (i.e. 160kg)
Leopard: plus 8kg
Fireball: plus 8kg
Biland SA250: plus 10kg
Clubs can choose to run a super light class or medium class if this suits their numbers
however the split in weight between the engines must stay the same.
Carburettors
As per individual class regulations otherwise,
OEM as supplied from the engine manufacturer. Jetting is open however must be OEM type.
Washers may be added to the standard needle jets for the purpose of tuning. carburettor and
manifold must be OEM as supplied. Throttle shaft and butterfly must be OEM as supplied.
Throttle Slides & components must be OEM as supplied.
Fuel Pump
As per individual class regulations otherwise,
Must be of diaphragm pulse type
Ignition System
As per individual class regulations otherwise,
Must be OEM as supplied
Exhaust System
As per individual class regulations otherwise,
Exhaust and Silencers must be OEM as supplied the engine manufacturer - unless stated
differently in an engines class rules.
No plating or ceramic coatings permitted.
Clutch
As per individual class regulations otherwise,
Must be OEM as supplied by the engine manufacturer. Non adjustable and either single disc
or shoe type only. Fireball clutch engagement must not exceed 6000rpm. All other engines
must not exceed 3000rpm
Cooling System
As per AKA requirements see 25.18
Parity
In the interest of parity, the promoter reserves the right to alter class weights and or apply
engine restrictors to a particular engine.
246.
Specific Engine Regulations
BILAND SA-250
1. Only genuine Biland components that are specifically designed and supplied for the
SA-250 engine are legal, unless otherwise specified.
2. Neither the engine nor any of its ancillaries may be modified in any way likely to
improve performance, unless specifically authorised within these rules.
3. Only engines numbers imported by International Karting Distributors will be eligible
for use in AKA competition.
BILAND SA-250 Technical Specifications
Nominal Capacity 248.4cm3
Original Bore 58.0mm
Theoretical Maximum Bore 58.01mm
Stroke 47mm
Volume of Combustion Chamber 12cm3 (Repair Limit of 0.6cm3)
Compression Ratio 11.35 : 1
Cooling System Water
Carburettor
DELL’ORTO carburettor – 1 per cylinder. Carburettor Diameter 22mm.
1) The carburettor body, slide, needle, atomiser tube and atomiser insert is to remain as
originally supplied and cannot be subject to any modification. No additions or
additional machining, filing, drilling or polishing etc is permitted to these items, this
includes the bore/throat.
2) “PHBL 22” cast in the housing of the carburettor
3) “BD” or “BS” stamped in the housing of the carburettor
4) Atomiser Tube stamped with “266DA” or “264DA”
5) Needle Stamped with D31 or others as nominated in the future
6) Slide Marked #30 Only
7) Other settings in the carburettor are free.
Camshaft
Camshaft Drive Type SOHC Belt
Intake Lift 7.5mm
Intake Opening Duration 268 Degree
Intake Timing Opens 25 Degree BTDC
Closes 63 Degree ABDC
Exhaust Lift 7.5mm
Exhaust Opening Duration 268 Degree
Exhaust Timing Opens 65 Degree BBDC
Closes 23 Degree ATDC
Inlet Valve
• Must be genuine item
• Maximum of 1 per cylinder according to the following specification.
247.
Weight 24 GR
Diameter of Valve Stem 5mm
Diameter of Valve Head 26.5mm
Diameter of Seat 23.5mm
Diameter of Duct 21mm
Exhaust Valve
• Must be genuine item
• Maximum 1 per cylinder according to the following specification.
Weight 21 GR
Diameter of Valve Stem 5mm
Diameter of Valve Head 24mm
Diameter of Seat 21mm
Diameter of Duct 23mm
Piston
Weight of Piston 145 GR Complete
Number of Rings per Piston 3
Parilla Leopard
As per Class rules in chapter 45
PRD Fireball
CCV 10.0cc min
carburettor Tillotson 360 A, No modifications
Venturi 0.95 inch
carburettor Bore 1.065 inch
Exhaust Height 174 deg max
Exhaust System OEM Header only,
OEM Straight PRD9037/95A or
248.
Bubble PRD9037/EVO99A Muffler
No Modifications to either
The addition of Exhaust Gas Temperature fitting
is acceptable.
Measurements: A: 100mm, B: 54mm, C: 3mm, D:
170mm, E: 315mm, F: 170mm, G: 21mm, H:
135mm, I: 455m ±1.00 mm ON ALL
MEASUREMENTS
249.
Chord reading
B 65.3mm +-0.10
C3 29.4mm +-0.10
250.
Crankshaft Must be OEM with no modifications.
251.
Piston Pin Must be OEM, 10mm ID & 11mm ID PRD Piston Pins
Accepted. 10mm ID piston pin to be fazed out by 01/01/08
A 416g ±5g
C 356g ±5g
or PRD/Horstman FX-100 Clutch
252.
CHAPTER 45 - PARILLA LEOPARD 125CC
Preamble
It is expected that this class will continue to evolve during its early life and the promoters of the class reserve the right
to alter the technical regulations at short notice with AKA approval to ensure the safety of drivers, fairness of
competition, economy and the wishes of the competitors.
45.02 Warranty
It is strongly recommended that no modifications whatsoever be performed to Leopard 125 engines, as
this may render the warranty null or void.
45.04 Chassis
1. The kart is to conform to the general kart formula as detailed in chapter 25 of the AKA Karting
Manual except where specifically mentioned in this chapter.
45.05 Braking
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. Refer Rule 25.07 (1),1.(a)
45.06 Fuel
Refer Chapter 22 Fuel, as run, to comply with tests under Chapter 22.01
45.07 Tyres
1. No modification permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2. Dry weather tyre MG FZYellow (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3. Wet weather tyre MG CIK group 2 wet only.
4. Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
254.
45.08 Driver Limitation
(a) To be eligible to compete in this class a competitor must hold a minimum provisional AKA C
Grade Senior Licence.
(b) Drivers will be gridded by licence grade within field, A/B mixed then C.
45.09 Weight
(a) Parilla Leopard 125cc LIGHT - 160kg
(b) Parilla Leopard 125cc HEAVY - 180kg
(c) Other weight divisions at the discretion of the event organizers.
Maximum kart weight for Parilla Leopard HEAVY – 100 kg.
(Refer Rule 25.19).
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
45.10 Displacement
123.67cm3, BORE 54.00mm, STROKE 54.00mm, MAX BORE 54.40mm
45.11 Cylinder
All ports must be of intended design conforming to drawings supplied by the manufacture. No
Modifications or grinding is permitted to the ports,. Cylinder length 89.1 +/- 0.1 Refer to Rule 26.04,
Steps 1, 2, 3, and 6 for compliance checking procedure.
45.14 Piston
Piston must be of original manufacturer, supplied by IAME Spa with “IAME sud” marking on dome and
conform to drawing supplied by manufacturer. No modifications are permitted.
45.16 Clutch
Must be of original manufacturer and conform to manufacturers drawing with part number A-120840A
marked. Drive sprocket is a non-tech item. No modifications permitted.
45.18 Carburettor
(1) The only permissible carburettor is the TILLOTSON MODEL HL-334A and MODEL HL-334
255.
AB. Carburettor Venturi must remain as supplied from manufacturer and conform to drawing
supplied by manufacturer. Carburettor manifold must be original IAME. It is permissible to
enlarge only existing fuel/air holes, they may not be deleted or relocated.
(2) “B” Carburettor may be machined to “A” specs (not to be machined past the dump tube).
(3) The progression discharge jet to remain in the “as cast area”.
45.20 Ignition
There are 2 types of ignition permitted:
• Selettra 4 pole, incorporating included charging system as supplied by manufacturer (this is the
original type).
• IAME S.p.a. Selettra Digital-K Ignition System – This is the later “key start” type
Ignition Key must be retained and no modifying permitted. Spark plug cap is a non-tech item.
45.21 Exhausts
The Only permissible exhausts allowed are those that conform to the drawings in the homologation papers
(see 45.25) and comply to Rule 25.22 (1)
45.22 Header Pipe: Original header pipe supplied with engine must be used. is a non-tech item.
45.25 Homologated Drawings below and are also available on the AKA Website @ www.karting.net.au
256.
257.
258.
259.
260.
261.
naco GP
19 9 4 Mo
Thousands
of races...
Hundreds
of wins...
Dozens of Championships...
Twelve years...
One kart!
From the R
Reem
moo Lucia ni
6 x Australian Ch
original ampion
40 x State Cham
Monaco pion
GP through
to the
latest GP5, Monaco
GP karts have been
winning at every level
– from Club racing to
State and National
Championships – for
more than 12 years!
Remo Racing Pty Ltd 121 Firebrace St, Horsham VIC 3400
Tel (03) 5382 0241 Fax (03) 5382 0390 www.remoracing.com.au
EXPERIMENTAL CLASS
Experimental Classes have been sanctioned by the National Karting Council.
The following specifications have been provided by the AKA for the conduct of this class
as non championship events.
263.
pitch 14 x 125.
The thread must be continuous and not present any chambers or niches of any kind.
46.09 Ignition
Use PVL ref: 105.458 homologated by CIK, Homologation Number 281/A/95/PVL
46.10 Exhaust System
Make and dimensions are free provided that:
1 Must conform to AKA noise limits. Refer Rules 24.2
2 The outlet of the muffler must be within the perimeter of the kart when viewed from
above.
3 The exhaust system must be securely fastened to the kart as to ensure it should not
come free from the kart should a mount fail.
46.11 Carburettor
1 1 carburettor of the Dellorto make, type “PHBE”, made of aluminium, normal series,
with a “venturi” type diffuser with a maximum diameter of 30mm, checked with a flat
gauge 30.25mm wide. Only the adjustment of the needle nozzle is authorised.
2 All systems of fuel injection and / or spraying of products other than fuel are
forbidden.
46.12 Air Intake
An approved CIK or AKA carburettor intake silencer must be fitted to the carburettor at all
times.
46.13 Fuel
Refer Rule 25.14. Fuel as run to comply to test under Rule 22.01.
46.14 Tyres
1. No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2. Dry Weather Tyres Any tyre from AKA dry list (1 set + 1 replacement tyre /
meeting
3. Wet Weather Tyres Any tyre from group 2 CIK (1 set + 1 replacement tyre /
meeting) See chart chapter 23
46.15 Weight
(a) 185kg
or otherwise at the promoters discretion
46.16 Nose Cone, Side Pods, and Nassau Panel
1 Bodywork must be AKA approved. Refer Rules 25.02, 03 and 06.
2 No other form of bodywork or aerodynamic device is permitted in this Class. Refer
Rule 25.01(h).
46.17 Limitations on Drivers
1) The minimum grade of licence for entering this class will be senior AKA B grade
2) Drivers of 125 Intercontinental C – Gearbox must have 3 endorsements in their
licence to compete on temporary circuits.
264.
CHAPTER 47 - JUNIOR RESA
47.06 Carburettor:
(a) Walbro WB series as per KT 100S:
Venturi - 24.13mm, Throttle Bore - 25.7mm,
(b) Walbro WB as per CIK Inter A Junior:
Venturi - 24.00mm, Throttle Bore - 27.8mm
(c) PCR BF24A
265.
Venturi – 24mm, Throttle Bore – 27.7mm
(d) Phenolic or Alloy spacers must be used with Walbro Carburettors and must have a
minimum thickness of 6mm.
(e) PCR BF24 K4
ICAJ Homologation No.32/C/09
47.09 Tyres:
1. No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2. Dry Weather Tyres MG Yellow (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
3. Wet Weather Tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre / meeting)
4. Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
47.10 Braking:
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. (Refer Rule 25.07)
47.11 Fuel:
Refer to Chapter 22.
47.12 Weights:
Kart and driver 135 kg.
47.15 Any Junior called before a Steward/s or Official must be accompanied by a Parent/Guardian
(Refer to Rule 7.29).
266.
CHAPTER 48 - SPEEDWAY
48.02 Tyres:
1. Restricted Classes Including KT Modified may use any AKA approved dry/slick
and/or wet tyre from the current or immediate previous year rule book (Refer Table
23.09) and the dry/slick tyres and/or wet tyres may be hand grooved.
2. No 6-inch diameter tyres or Burris tyres allowed in classes other than Formula 100 /
Sportsman.
3. Formula 100/Sportsman Classes may run any kart tyre, which may also be hand
grooved.
4. The mixing of wet and dry tyres on the kart at any one moment, including
competition, is permitted. (Rule 23.07 and Rule 19.34 ii (b) do not apply to Speedway
racing).
48.03 Weights:
1. Class Weights
Midgets 90kg
Rookies 100kg
Junior National (Light) 115kg
Junior National (Heavy) 135kg
Senior Clubman (Light) 135kg
Senior Clubman (Heavy) 155kg
Senior Clubman Over 40 155kg
Senior KT100S Modified (Light) 135kg
Senior KT100S Modified (Heavy) 155kg
Senior KT100S Modified Ladies (Light) 135kg
Senior KT100S Modified Ladies (Heavy) 155kg
Senior Formula 100/Sportsman (Light) 135kg
Senior Formula 100/Sportsman (Heavy) 155kg
2. When only one single class division is competing at an event, the class weight will be
the average between Light and Heavy.
3. Senior classes may have other weight division(s) and/or classes at the discretion of the
Promoter. Changes to the divisions and/or weights will be as per the Supplementary
Regulations for the event.
4. Maximum kart weight for all Heavy and Super Heavy classes of 83kg.
267.
48.04 A Bodywork (Optional):
1. Side Pods are highly recommended, and they should be fitted in addition to any
bodywork. They must conform to Rule 25.02, excluding references to wet weather
tyres under diagram E.E, and also excluding rules 25.02 (v) and 25.02 (vii).
2. Side panels to be fitted to either the inside or outside plane of the Side Pod.
3. Side panels to be made of Coreflute sheeting only. All top edges to have plastic trim,
such as fuel line or wind lacing (as used on car doors) to be held in place with PVC
glue or silastic or with cable ties. The body side panels are NOT to be above the
driver’s shoulders whilst sitting in normal position in kart.
5. The bodywork must have no other protrusions on the outer surface. (i.e. fasteners
must be “Button” or “Countersunk” type only with suitable washers to prevent pulling
through the body. NO EXTERNAL BARS OR PLATES.
B. Air Ducting: NO external ducting allowed. Ducting must remain inside bodyline.
C. Nassau Panel must be used as long as they are no wider than 500mm. They may
extend a maximum 50mm above the top of the steering wheel, and be minimum
50mm from the outer edge of the steering wheel. Nassau Panel must be securely fixed
and be of shatterproof / non-metallic material. The Nassau Panel MUST NOT restrict
the driver physically or restrict their line of vision.
268.
Four (4) Heats:
1st Heat: Luck of the draw or computer drawn.
2nd Heat: Reverse of First Heat or computer drawn.
3rd Heat: Highest point-scorer to Grid 1 and so on or computer drawn.
Final / Feature: Lowest point-scorer to Grid 1 and so on.
1. The number of Heats and method of gridding may be altered for major events and will
be as per the Supplementary Regulations for that meeting. They may be further
altered at the discretion of the Clerk of Course and/or Promoter or by force majeure.
2. The number of laps will be as per the Supplementary Regulations for the event or by
force majeure.
3. Winner: Determined by highest point-scorer of the event OR the winner of the Final
/ Feature race.
4. Points Allocation: Will be as per Supplementary Regulations
5. Restarts - Rolling Laps:
In the event of a collision during the rolling laps, prior to the Start, karts are permitted
to be restarted with assistance by delegated person/s.
Delegated person/s must retire to a safe position once the race has commenced.
Karts that have stopped due to mechanical defect will not be permitted to restart.
6. Restarts - Heats: No restarts by any kart. Karts are NOT PERMITTED to restart if
the kart becomes stationary.
7. Restarts - First lap of the Final/Feature race:
(i) In order to justify a race restart, two or more karts must be involved in the
SAME incident being deemed the cause for the stoppage.
(ii) ALL KARTS involved in the incident, including stalled karts, will be allowed to
restart at the rear of the field. Any karts not involved in the incident and that are
already stationary at the time of the incident, will not be permitted to restart.
(iii) In this situation the Chevron Flag and Yellow Flag are to be shown until the track
is clear for a restart.
269.
48.07 Flag Signals (Speedway)
Flag marshals are to be used at a minimum of 3 points around the track.
270.
48.08 Baulk Lines: The method of determining the baulk line and its position on the circuit is to
be advised by the Clerk of the Course at the driver’s briefing.
48.09 Numbers:
1. Front and rear Number Plates will be displayed in combination that identifies the
class for the kart driver.
3. In the event of two karts with the same number entering in any one class at any event
where numbers are not allocated by the Promoter, the visiting driver will be issued
with a special number by the Promoter.
Eligible Engines
All models of the Yamaha KT100S are eligible for use.
External Modifications
External modifications, which do not in any way affect a performance gain, are legal.
Fin Dampeners
Refer to Rule 34.30.
Internal Additions
(i) No additional material may be added except in the case of engine repairs and
shall only restore engine or components to original specifications.
(iii) The use of internal friction coatings on or in the engine and/or its components
is prohibited.
Interchange of Parts
Permitted between engines of like dimensions (bore, stroke) as long as no removal or
addition of material is required to interchange said parts.
Legal Additions
Legal additions shall be limited to the following: Carburettor return springs, chain
271.
guard, direct drive sprocket, extension of carburettor jet needles, exhaust header,
motor mount, muffler, starter nut and pulley, tachometer, temperature gauge, third
bearing and adaptor shaft.
Non-tech Items
Unless otherwise specified, non-tech items include bearings and cages, crankpin,
fasteners, gaskets, piston and rings, header pipe, seals, piston pin, spacers, washers
and spark plug.
Displacement
Maximum bore and stroke including 5% tolerances are:
(i) Bore: 53.85mm, Stroke: 46.13mm.
Exhaust Muffler
The exhaust system will comply with Rule 25.09.
The only permissible mufflers for Senior Yamaha KT100S Modified motors are those
commercially available and which confirm to the dimension of diagram.
(i) Number of transfer passages and inlet ports in the cylinder and crankcase.
(ii) Number of exhaust ports and passages.
(iii) Port surface finish is a non-tech item.
Connecting Rod
Must be the same length as original and made of magnetic material.
Crank Shaft
Must be by original engine manufacturer with no change of stroke permitted.
Ignition
The only permissible ignition system is either of the following:
Group 2 CIK homologated or Yamaha.
The fitting of the module Yamaha, Victa, Atom or Delta/Wei Shieh is permissible. All
engines must rotate in a clockwise direction when viewed from the drive side.
Ignition/Rotor cover is optional.
272.
Carburettor
(i) Will be stock externally appearing WALBRO WB Series.
(ii) Maximum of two jets permitted.
(iii) No fixed jets permitted.
(iv) All fuel to the engine must pass through the high and low speed fuel metering jets and
passages.
(v) All air to the combustion chamber must pass through the carburettor venturi.
(vi) Fuel pump or pressurised fuel systems are forbidden. Squeeze type pump between
fuel tank and carburettor is permitted.
Fuel
Fuel shall comply with Rule 25.14.
Head Gasket(s)
Must be retained.
Tyres
Refer to Rule 48.02.
All forms of tyre treatment are illegal. (Refer to Rule 23.03).
Braking
Front wheel brakes are not permitted.
f) To be used in conjunction with local club rules and at the direction of the Clerk of the
Course.
273.
CHAPTER 49 - DIRT TRACK KARTING
49.03 Tyres:
1 Tyres for classes in Dirt Track karting to be the dry weather tyre for corresponding
classes in Bitumen Sprint racing.
2 Treaded tyres are not to be used.
49.05 Weights:
Class weights to be the same as corresponding classes in Bitumen Sprint racing.
Promoters may change class weights if necessary, when applying for permit.
274.
275.
CHAPTER 50 - AUSTRALIAN CIK BASED CLASSES
AND NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIP REGULATIONS
50.1 Preamble:
The four CIK/FIA classes of Formula A, Intercontinental A, Intercontinental C and
Intercontinental A Junior are raced in Australia.
National and State Championships are conducted for these classes.
These classes are raced in Australia to provide the necessary experience for Australian
drivers, engine builders and manufacturers for them to compete competitively in CIK
International events. To this end, the CIK classes will be raced as close to CIK/FIA
International Technical and Race Regulations that local conditions will permit.
The NKC may from time to time publish any alterations to the Championship Regulations or
Chapter 50, as may be required.
The Championship Regulations in this chapter do not apply to any competition other than
CIK classes at Rounds of their Australian Championships or events for CIK classes
specifically approved by the NKC.
Rule 20.11 does not apply to Chapter 50.
50.3 Tyres:
Slick and wet tyres must have some form of bead retention with 3 screws minimum in the
outside of the rim.
The tyres used by Group 1 and Group 2 classes in Australia will be restricted and listed in
the supplementary regulations.
For all engines the ignition system used must be of the analogue type and homologated by
the CIK/FIA.
50.5 Group 1
50.5.2
50.6 Group 2
277.
• The carburettor must be CIK/FIA homologated and must be of butterfly type with
central spindle with a venturi diameter of 24mm round and it must comply with the
dimensions shown in diagram 50.5.2 (Refer CIK/FIA Technical Drawing No. 3 and
Article 2 – Rule 25.4 for tolerances);
• The exhaust system must be CIK homologated for the relevant engine;
• The intake silencer must be CIK registered;
• Minimum racing weight: 150kg
• Minimum weight of the kart alone (without fuel): 65kg;
• Lateral bodywork (i.e. side pods) and front fairings are obligatory.
• diameter of the wheel rim must be 5” - Maximum width rear wheel, rim complete and
fitted is 215mm The maximum.
278.
• The intake silencer must be CIK registered, and is obligatory;
• Clutch: CIK homologated centrifugal clutch is obligatory.
• An efficient protection (made of cast aluminium) covering the centrifugal clutch but
leaving free access to the chain must be mounted and will be an integral part of the
homologation of the centrifugal clutch by the CIK;
• The engine clutch, must be triggered at 5000rpm MAXIMUM and make the kart with
the driver on board move forward.
• The starter system may be either electric or recoil or both and may be onboard;
• Total minimum racing weight: 135kg junior
• The minimum weight of the kart alone (without fuel) is 60kg;
• Lateral bodywork (ie, side pods) and front fairing is obligatory;
• The maximum diameter of the wheel rim must be 5” - Maximum width rear wheel,
rim complete and fitted is 185mm.
50.6.3 Intercontinental-C
• Power Unit: It must not be possible to dissociate the engine from the gearbox. Engine
case divided into 2 parts only (vertical and horizontal) Water cooled single cylinder
engine with reed valve intake, one circuit only, homologated by CIK/FIA. Maximum
cylinder capacity : 125cc Reed-valve box (dimensions and drawing) according to the
homologation form. Reed valve cover : free.
• Carburettor: Carburettor made of Aluminium, with a venturi type diffuser with a
maximum diameter of 30mm round. For 2003 CIK/FIA championships, Cups and
Trophies, the carburettor must be Dell’Orto VHSH 30. The carburettor must remain
strictly original. The only settings allowed may be made to :the slide, the needle, the
floaters, the needle shaft (spray), the jets and the needle kit, subject to all the
279.
interchanged parts being of Dell’Orto origin. The incorporated petrol filter may be
removed: if it is kept, it must be original.
• Gearbox: Homologated by the CIK/FIA (including the primary Torque). Minimum 3
and maximum 6 ratios. Check of ratios using a graduated disc with a minimum
diameter of 200mm or a digital decoder; the degree decimals given on the
homologation form must be mentioned in tenths of degrees and not minutes. For the
homologation of the gearbox, the manufacturer(s) and the model type must appear on
the Homologation form. Mechanical gearbox control without a servo system. Any
system of ignition cutting is forbidden.
• Total exhaust opening angle of 199 degrees maximum; to be read with a graduated
circle of a minimum diameter 200mm or with a digital device.
• Volume of the combustion chamber: 13cc
• Spark Plug: The make is free. The thread of the spark plug, tightened on the cylinder
head, must not extend beyond the upper part of the dome of the combustion chamber.
Dimensions – length 18.5mm ; pitch M14* 1.25
• Exhaust: Exhaust must be CIK/FIA Homologated
• Tyres: maximum width of rear wheel, rim complete and fitted is 215mm
• Weight: 175Kg
50.6.4 For clarification of any technical references in Chapter 50, refer to the CIK/FIA Technical
Regulations in the current CIK/FIA Karting Yearbook.
Championship Regulations
Australian Championships for CIK Classes
General Conditions
Article 1
The Australian Karting Association will organise an Australian Championship and State
Championships for drivers in Formula A, Intercontinental A, Intercontinental C and
Intercontinental A Juniors. These rules are formulated for the CIK classes to compete within
a national championship under rules similar to international competition. Rules specific to
the championships for the CIK classes are contained in these Championship Regulations.
Where the Championship rules are in conflict, or otherwise, with the National Competition
Rules the Championship rule shall take precedence over any similar rule found in the
National Competition Rules. These rules may be modified, from time to time, by the
National Karting Council and on recommendation of the International Karting Committee.
280.
Australia second only to the CIK/FIA Oceania Championships.
[d] The conduct of the race meetings should be the benchmark for quality in karting
administration, promotion and operation of race meetings. In achieving this it is
hoped to improve the experience, attitude and standard of karting officials on a
national basis.
[e] The Championships should be commercially attractive to sponsors.
[f] To maximise participation, by competitors, in all rounds of the Championships.
Article 2 - Events
The Formula A, Intercontinental A, Intercontinental C and Intercontinental A Junior
Championships will be contested over rounds in each of the states of South Australia,
Queensland, Victoria and New South Wales. The classification of the Australian
Championship will be established through the results obtained by the Drivers in all rounds
of the Australian Championships. All rounds will be open to drivers holding the appropriate
International or National Licence. (refer Article 18).
Article 3 - Organisation
The events will be conducted under the International Sporting Code of the FIA, the National
Competition Rules of The Australian Karting Association, these Championship Regulations
for the Australian Championships for the CIK Classes and such supplementary regulations,
further addendum's and bulletins as may be issued by, or in conjunction with, the organising
body of each race meeting.
These regulations also apply to the South Australian, Queensland, Victorian and New South
Wales State Championship for Formula A, International A, Intercontinental C and
Intercontinental A Junior. The organisers reserve the right to issue Supplementary
Regulations and/or instructions to entrants and/or drivers and these shall be of the same
effect as these regulations.
Article 4
All the concerned parties; officials, promoters, entrants and drivers may only participate in
the Australian Championships for CIK Classes on the condition that they respect all texts and
documents which govern it.
Article 5
The right to associate the name of a commercial company, organiser or brand with the
Australian Championship for CIK Classes is exclusively reserved for the Australian Karting
Association.
Article 7 - Registration
Entry in the Championships point score will be by registration only. All entrants at all rounds
are required to register. The Championship encourages drivers to compete in all rounds,
281.
however registration after the first round will be accepted. Championship points are allocated
to individual drivers within each class and are not transferable between drivers or classes.
Registration for the Championships will open on the 1st January.
When registering, competitors will nominate a preferred race number (one or two digits
only), which they shall retain for all rounds of the Championship. Numbers 1, 2 and 3 will
be reserved, within each class, for the first three finalists from the previous years
competition. Within each class, race numbers used in the previous year will be reserved for
that competitor for use within that class. These numbers are only reserved up until close of
entry for the first round, at which stage the numbers may be re-allocated. Other numbers will
be allocated with preference given to order of receipt of registrations.
Article 8 - Fees
A single Championship registration fee and an entry fee, per round, will be applied.
An entrant to be eligible to compete in ICA Junior must conform to Rule 13.21 3b.
Article 10 - Entries
Late entries will only be accepted at the discretion of the organisers. A penalty of $150,
payable to the AKA, will apply to late entries.
282.
breakdown lane and the full track area with the safety fence. Only persons with correct
passes may enter parc ferme and only in conjunction with their allocated class as per the
official timetable. Only the driver and one mechanic per entry may enter parc ferme.
Controls are in place as to the nature of equipment and materials that may be brought into
parc ferme. These controls are communicated by the event regulations and will be interpreted
and enforced by the responsible parc ferme officials.
Article 13 - Scrutineering
Administrative checking and scrutineering will take place as nominated in the
supplementary regulations. All karts and equipment must be scrutineered before
participating in official practice. All engines must be entered on the technical passport and
be sealed prior to timed practice.
At scrutineering, each driver must present the equipment listed on the technical passport
issued and it will be checked, marked and sealed in such a way as to be identifiable at any
moment during the race.
The entrant must have the homologation papers and engine registration card, available for
inspection if requested, for their engine, carburettor, clutch and exhaust.
The entrant will have completed the Technical Passport for presentation at scrutineering.
Race numbers and sponsors stickers will be in place at scrutineering. The placement of
official sponsor’s stickers on the bodywork of competing karts is compulsory. They must be
located at the discretion of the chief scrutineer.
Article 16 - Medical
A state operated ambulance, and paramedic or doctor will be present on Saturday and
Sunday.
Judges of Fact
The judges of fact at each round are the starter, chief scrutineer, weigh marshal, chief lap
scorer and chief timing officer. The Starter shall be the judge of fact while under the starters
control and will determine competitors who break the start order, impede, delay or unduly
affect the start procedure. The Chief Lapscorer shall be the judge of fact as to the number of
283.
laps completed and the finishing order of any event. The Weigh Marshal shall be the judge
of fact as to the measured weight of any kart and driver at the completion of any event. The
Scrutineer shall be the judge of fact as to the technical compliance of any kart.
Article 18 – Fuel and Lubricants
The CIK classes will use a single control fuel for the Championships. The control fuel will
be of the type and specification as stated in the supplementary regulations. Registered
competitors will be notified of suppliers of the fuel. Competitors must use the control fuel
at each round of the Championships. Failure to do so will result in the driver being referred
to the Stewards of the meeting for action. The fuel is not to be modified except by the
addition of approved lubricants. Only lubricants (oils) from the CIK/FIA list of approved
lubricants may be used for mixing with fuel.
FUEL DISTRIBUTION
1 The organisers will be responsible for the supply and delivery of the fuel in the
manufacturers sealed containers to the parc ferme impound. Only sealed
manufacturers containers will be allowed into parc ferme.
2. This fuel remains impounded until the completion of the event.
3. Upon impounding, an official shall write the competitors name, number and class on
each drum and hold them in parc ferme adjacent to the Paddock area. The fuel tank
and/or drum only shall remain in the fuel impound area and may not be stored with
any form of container or product for heating or cooling the fuel.
4. Each competitor will mix the selected amounts of oil and petrol as required from the
respective containers in the presence of an official. Only sealed unopened
manufactures oil containers may be brought into parc ferme. No other additive is
permitted to the fuel.
5. Samples of mixed fuel, not less than 100mls each may be taken at any time and
preserved in a sealable glass container for testing. The competitors name, class, date
and signature will then be entered on a label affixed to the container and the sample
will be retained for testing by the officials.
6. All fuel used by the competitor for racing will remain in parc ferme. No fuel or
opened oil containers may be brought into parc ferme.
7. Prior to the carburetion session for Time Trials the kart will enter the parc ferme with
an empty fuel tank. The kart will be filled with fuel from their marked drums. Upon
completion of time trials the fuel tank will be refilled, removed from the kart in parc
ferme and then handed into the fuel impound where it will be marked with the
competitors identification. The fuel tank must stay in parc ferme at all times except
when the kart is racing. he competitor will collect the tank prior to each event for
fitting to the kart within parc ferme. A similar procedure is followed for carburetion,
heats and finals with the tank being filled after each race prior to being returned to
the impound. (It is recommended that karts be fitted with quick release fuel tanks.)
8. At the completion of the meeting, any fuel owned by the competitor may be claimed
by the respective competitor.
Article 19 - Equipment
Karts must comply with either the current Australian Karting Association Technical
Regulations or the current CIK/FIA International Karting Regulations excluding the
following rules from Article 2 of the International Regulations;
Rule 19 – Noise
284.
Rule 26 - Timing Equipment
Rule 21 - Fuel
Rule 24 - Racing Numbers
(Note: Compliance with the CIK/FIA IKR will require the use of homologated equipment and
components where referenced.)
The name of the driver should appear in a visible position on the outside of the bodywork. In the interest
of promotion of CIK competition it is the entrants responsibility to present themselves and their
equipment in a clean, maintained and professional manner at all times.
Number plates will be black numbers on yellow background for seniors and black on white background
for juniors.
Number of Engines 3 (max) Sealed for the duration of the meeting
(or equivalent) Need not be the same make.
FA Homologated engine
ICA Homologated engine, carburettor and exhaust
ICC Homologated engine, homologated gearbox
ICA Jnr Homologated engine, clutch, carburettor and exhaust
(1) If the competitor has less than three engines the chief scrutineer may allow the rebuilding of the
equivalent number of engines, but only under his/her direction and control
285.
Article 21 - Tyres
Slick tyres FA Four (4) front and four (4) rear tyres CIK/FAI group 2 homologated
ICA Six (6) tyres CIK/FIA group 2 homologated
ICC Four (4) front and four (4) rear tyres CIK/FIA group 2 homologated
ICAJ Five (5) tyres CIK/FIA group 2 homologated
Wet weather FA five (5) front and five (5) rear tyres
tyres ICA Wet tyres will be marked and impounded after use
ICAJ and until post race scrutineering
ICC
A set of tyres comprises two front and two rear tyres of the same approved CIK/FIA group
2 homologated make and type.
Article 22 -Tyre Impounding
A system of tyre pooling and impounding will be employed at all rounds. The selected
compound will be stated in the supplementary regulations.
All slick tyres to be used for racing at this event will be delivered direct to the Service Park
by the nominated tyre dealer. These tyres will remain in Service Park until the end of the
meeting. It is the competitor’s responsibility to organise with the dealer the purchase and
supply of tyres.
Formula A, ICA, ICAJ and ICC will have impounded 4 front tyres and 4 rear tyres.
In Formula A, ICA, ICAJ and ICC the selection and use of tyres in Service Park is free,
subject to Service Park access as set out in the official timetable.
Any changes or additions to this procedure will be stated in the supplementary regulations
for the event.
Article 23 - Timed Qualifying
Timed qualifying will be conducted using the AMB, or other approved timing system.
Transponder units must be fitted in purpose made AMB holders unless otherwise approved.
The fastest lap time for each driver will determine their position on the grid for the heats. In
the event of a tie, the fastest lap/laps will determine position.
If no time is recorded for a driver they shall take the start in the heats at the rear of the grid.
If several drivers are in that situation their starting positions shall be decided by drawing lots.
Any driver who does not record a time is not eligible for a re-run unless in the opinion of the
Stewards, the transponder was faulty. A competitor who fails to register a qualifying time as
result of a faulty transponder or through the fault of the organisers, must be given a complete
timed session. If it was the first or only qualifying session, the competitor may fit new tyres
at his/her own expense and with the approval of the Stewards.
When a transponder system is in use at race meetings for qualifying and/or lap scoring, it is
the drivers responsibility to obtain their allocated transponder, correctly fit it to the kart and
return it to the organisers.
If a competitor is deemed to be underweight in a session they shall receive a time penalty of
the slowest qualifying time for their class plus one second.
286.
Article 24 - Starts
A rolling start shall be given by means of light signals for Formula A, Intercontinental A and
Intercontinental A - Junior. Should the lights fail, the national flag shall be used.
The grid shall be made up of two lines of karts arranged in the order of the best times set
during official timed practice, or the order of points obtained in the heats, or in the order of
arrival position of the pre-final.
Article 24.1 - Rolling Start Procedure for Formula A and Intercontinental A
From the moment the starter signals for the karts to be released, the drivers are under
“starters orders” and may not received any outside assistance for repairs or other adjustments
to their equipment while on the track.
From the moment the start procedure commences, race conditions apply. Wherever a kart is
on the track it is forbidden to receive any assistance, other than to remove the kart to a place
of safety.
A line will be painted 25 m before the start line and it is forbidden to accelerate before the
front row of the grid has crossed this line.
Karts will cover approximately one Formation Lap before the start may be given. It is
forbidden to overtake another driver under pain of a penalty inflicted by the stewards. If a
driver stops for any reason during the Formation Lap, he/she will not be allowed to try and
start again before he/she has been passed by the whole field. He/she shall start again from
the back of the formation. Should he/she try to start ahead of the field in the hope that the
leading drivers overtake him, he/she would be shown the black flag and be excluded from
that Race.
A driver who is delayed will have the possibility of regaining his/her grid position only if this
manoeuvre does not impede other drivers. In order to regain one’s position, it is forbidden to
use any course other than the track used during the Race.
If he/she considers that a driver has been immobilised as a result of another driver’s mistake,
the Clerk of Course may stop the Formation Lap and start again the Starting Procedure on
the basis of the original grid or allow the impeded driver to regain his/her position.
At the end of the formation lap drivers will approach the start line at slow speed and in two
lines. No lights will be on. No kart may accelerate before crossing the yellow line and before
the green light is turned on. If the starter is happy with the formation he/she will give the
start by switching on the green light. If he/she is not happy with the formation he/she will
switch on the orange light, which means another formation lap must be covered.
Article 24.2 - Rolling Start Procedure for Intercontinental A Junior
When the starter is ready the competitors will be released from the dummy grid in grid order.
From the time that the karts are released from the grid until the start is given, drivers are
under starter's orders and may receive no outside assistance other than the restarting of their
engine as authorised by an Official.
Karts will cover approximately one Formation Lap before the start may be given. It is
forbidden to overtake another driver under pain of a penalty inflicted by the stewards. If a
driver stops for any reason during the Formation Lap, he/she will not be allowed to try and
start again before he/she has been passed by the whole field. He/she shall start again from
287.
the back of the formation. Should he/she try to start ahead of the field in the hope that the
leading drivers overtake him, he/she would be shown the black flag and be excluded from
that Race.
A driver who is delayed will have the possibility of regaining his/her grid position only if this
manoeuvre does not impede other drivers. In order to regain one’s position, it is forbidden to
use any course other than the track used during the Race.
If he/she considers that a driver has been immobilised as a result of another driver’s mistake,
the Clerk of Course may stop the Formation Lap and start again the Starting Procedure on
the basis of the original grid or allow the impeded driver to regain his/her position.
The start will be a rolling start.
At the end of the Formation Lap drivers will go at a slow speed towards the start in two lines.
During this approach stage, no lights will be on and karts must keep a formation in two lines.
No kart shall accelerate before having crossed the yellow line and before the green light is
turned on. If the starter is happy with the formation he/she will give the start by switching
on the green light. If the Starter is not satisfied with the procedure, he/she will switch on the
orange light, which means that an extra Formation Lap must be covered. Should the engine
of a competitor stop during the Formation Lap, an official or a mechanic nominated to carry
out this task may restart him as soon as he/she has been passed by the entire field.
Article 25 - On Track Safety
Any obstructive manoeuvre carried out by one or several drivers, with or without common
interests, is prohibited.
The driver of any kart leaving the race shall signal his/her intention in good time and is
responsible for ensuring that the manoeuvre is carried out safely and as near as possible to
the point of exit.
It is forbidden to use any route other than the track used for the race to gain/regain a place.
Whilst practising or competing, karts shall not be driven other than on the defined track, in
the pits, and in such other areas as Supplementary Regulations may specify. The track is the
portion of the sealed surface between and including the white edge lines.
Should a driver be compelled to stop his/her kart, either involuntarily or for any other reason,
the kart shall be moved off the track as soon as practical so that its presence does not
constitute a danger or prevent the normal running of the race. If the driver is not able to move
the kart out of the potentially dangerous position, it is the duty of the officials to assist, but
only if this may be done without prejudice to their normal duties.
During practice sessions and the race, access from the track to the pits is allowed only
through the deceleration zone. Penalty for breach of this rule shall be exclusion from the
race, or the relevant practice session, and such other penalty as the stewards may apply.
In no circumstances may a vehicle travel in a direction opposite to that of the event.
Article 26 - Mechanical Breakdown Lane
Refer Rule 17.06. From the time the race ends (chequered flag is given to the lead kart) any
kart in the mechanical breakdown lane under going repairs has three minutes to restart and
cross the finish line, to be classified as a finisher.
288.
Article 27 - Restarting
Restarting of a kart is permitted during practice and racing. A driver should only attempt to restart
a kart if it can be done with safety and without unduly hindering other competitors. Any driver
not respecting this rule may be directed to remove his/her kart from the track to a place of safety.
Article 28 - Stopping the Race
It may be deemed necessary to stop the race due to an accident.
The procedure to be followed varies according to the number of laps completed by the race leader
before the signal to stop the race was given:
If less than 2 laps have been covered, the original start will be deemed null and void. A new start
will be given. For the restart, the grid used will be the one drawn up for the first start, with the
Drivers allowed to take the restart in their original grid positions. Unoccupied places on the grid
shall remain vacant.
If more than 2 laps but less than 75% of the distance scheduled for the race (rounded up to the
nearest whole number of laps), the race will be restarted. The length of the race will be the original
number of laps less the number already completed. Those Drivers having crossed the Finishing
Line at the end of the lap on which the race was stopped, and those who were in the mechanical
breakdown lane, when the red flag was shown will be eligible to take the restart, either in their
original kart or in their reserve kart. Grid positions will be determined by the finishing order of
at the end of the lap before the one on which the race was stopped.
If 75% or more of the race distance (rounded up to the nearest whole higher number of laps) is
completed the karts shall be sent directly to the Parc Ferme and the race will be deemed to have
finished when the leading kart crossed the Line at the end of the lap prior to that during which
the race was stopped.
Working on karts will be allowed only in the Parc Ferme; it will even also be allowed to introduce
spare equipment (only the equipment identified in the case of chassis and/or engines). Refuelling
will be allowed.
Article 29 - Finish
As soon as the chequered flag has been shown to a driver at the end of the race, he/she must
proceed directly, using only the authorised route, to the parc ferme. From the moment the driver
receives the chequered flag until he/she is released from parc ferme he/she is under parc ferme
conditions and must make no alteration or adjustments to his/her kart or other material or
equipment.
In the pre-final and final of the Australian Championships, any driver about to be lapped or who
has been lapped for any reason whatsoever as from the first lap onwards may be shown the blue
and red flag (double diagonal) with his/her number. He/she must go back to the scale in parc
ferme and will be classified according to the number of laps completed. Any driver who does not
obey the order given by the blue/red flag may be excluded from the event.
Article 30 - Qualifying Heats
Starting positions in the qualifying heats are awarded according to classification obtained in timed
practice. The maximum number of drivers to take part in the heats will be equal to one and a half
times the track density. Only the fastest drivers will be eligible to compete in qualifying heats. If
the number of entries is equal to or less than the track density then three heats will be run with all
the drivers to compete.
289.
Oversubscribed classes will be divided into three (3) near equal groups A, B, and C. The fastest
driver in timed practice will start in group A, the second fastest in group B, the third fastest in
group C, the forth fastest in group A, the fifth fastest in group B, the sixth fastest in group C and
so on.
Each of the three groups mentioned above will race with the other groups, in other words, A with
B, B with C, and A with C. Points for heats will be awarded as in Article 31.
At the end of the Qualifying Heats, the drivers with the lowest points will progress to the finals.
Article 31 - Point Score for Heats
Each heat will have a length of approximately 15 km for seniors and 10 km for juniors and points
for the heats will be awarded as follows:
1st place 0 points
2nd place 2 points
3rd place 3 points
and so on with 1 point being added for each place.
Any driver, who has not completed the full number of provided laps, even if he/she does not finish
the heat, will be classified according to the number of laps completed.
If a driver fails to make the start they will be awarded points equal to the number of entries in the
heat of that class.
If any driver is disqualified from a race they will be awarded points equal to the number of entries
in the heat of that class plus one.
At the end of the qualifying heats, the drivers with the lowest accumulated points will qualify for
the finals. In case of a tie in total points between two or more drivers, they will be ranked
according to the times set in timed practice. The maximum number of competitors to progress to
the pre-final and final will be equal to the track density.
Article 32 Non-competition
It is the spirit and intent of the competition that all races should be contested to the fullest. Where
a competitor is considered to have missed or retired from a race in an attempt to gain an
advantage, then they may be required to appear before the stewards for the appropriate action
and/or penalty.
Article 33 – Final 1 Final 2
The first and second Final will be conducted over a total distance of approximately 50km for
Formula A, Intercontinental A and Intercontinental C and 40 km for Intercontinental A Junior,
according to the following system.
Starting grid positions for the first final are according to the total number of points obtained by
the qualifiers in the elimination heats, with lowest total accumulated points to the front. In the
case of equal accumulated points, timed practice results will determine the outcome.
Any driver, who does not complete the full number of provided laps, even if he/she does not finish
the pre-final, will be classified according to the number of laps completed.
Starting grid positions for Final 2 will be determined according to the finishing position in the
first final.
Both finals shall be of equal length.
290.
Article 34 - Reserved
Article 35 - Results
The placings for each round, including the State Titles, will be determined by the placings
obtained in the final. Any driver who has not completed the full number of provided laps,
even if he/she does not finish the final, will be classified according to the number of laps
completed.
Trophies will be presented for 1st, 2nd and 3rd place getters at the completion of each round.
Championship points system for the Australian Championships for Formula A,
Intercontinental A , Intercontinental C and Intercontinental A Juniors
Points for Placing in Final 1 and Final 2
First 25 pts
Second 20 pts
Third 18 pts
Fourth 16 pts
Fifth 14 pts
Sixth 12 pts
Seventh 11 pts
Eighth 10 pts
Ninth 9 pts
Tenth 8 pts
Eleventh 7 pts
Twelfth 6 pts
Thirteenth 5 pts
Fourteenth 4 pts
Fifteenth 3 pts
Sixteenth 2 pts
Seventeenth 1 pts
Participation points
5 pts awarded recording a time in each individual timed practice session unless excluded
5 pts awarded by completing 75% of the laps in heat 1 unless excluded
5 pts awarded by completing 75% of the laps in heat 2 unless excluded
5 pts awarded by completing 75% of the laps in heat 3 unless excluded
Championship points for the first final are only available to entrants who receive the start
signal in the first final.
Championship points for the second final are only available to entrants who receive the start
signal in the second final.
291.
CHAPTER 51 - ENDURANCE KARTING
Organising Club to submit supp regs to the State Office for approval and for the issuing of a race
permit.
Preamble
It is expected that this class with AKA approval will continue to evolve during it’s early life and the promoters
of the class reserve the right to alter the technical regulations at short notice to ensure the safety of drivers and
the fairness of competition.
51.03 Formulae
a) “Sprint racing as per Class Specifications” with “endurance karting”.
b) Numbers not applicable to endurance karting (refer to 51.08.7).
51.06 Steering
For endurance karting solid plastic/nylon tie rods with a minimum outside diameter of 20mm and
fitted with metal rose joint connectors are permitted.
51.07 Introduction
An endurance karting event is a speed event conducted on a circuit with a sealed surface usually
with a duration of not less than one hour.
292.
51.08 Endurance Racing Competition Regulations
1. Team Registration
All drivers/teams in an event are required to submit a completed Race Entry form for the team.
Teams may nominate a Team Name which may be a company, business or other name. This name
must not be offensive to the public or other competitors.
2. Licences
Seniors and Juniors are not to mix as per the AKA Manual
The minimum licence requirement for endurance racing is a Provisional C Grade Licence.
“P” Plate drivers are not to “start” the race in a mixed grade team. Full “P” team are to start at the
rear of field.
4. Driving Limit
No driver is permitted to drive for more than 60 minutes without a driver change. A minimum
break of at least 20 minutes should be taken in between driving stints. Penalty for infringement:
Computer lap penalty of 5 laps.
293.
It is the responsibility of the team to securely attach the transponder to the kart. If the transponder
is dislocated or dislodged during the race, it is the team’s responsibility to replace it. At the
discretion of the Clerk of the Course, and taking into account the circumstances, time lost may be
adjusted on the electronic timing system.
Transponders must be mounted on the inside of the left hand side pod with the leading edge of the
transponder 250mm to the rear of the centre line of the front left hand stub axle measured when
the front wheels are pointing straight ahead.
Should the timing system fail at any time for any reason whatsoever, the race will be red flagged
and the race order for the restart or results will be as shown on the most recent printout or computer
record.
Should a teams transponder fail, they will be credited with laps equivalent to time from the point
at which the transponder ceased to function to the time they rejoin the race with a replacement
transponder. The method for determining the number of laps to be credited will be to take an
average lap time based on the team’s performance immediately prior to the failure of the
transponder. Pit or fuel stops will be taken into consideration when making such calculations. Laps
will only be credited where the Clerk of the Course determine that there has been a genuine
transponder failure. Note: If a battery was not sufficiently charged prior to the event by the
competitor, this is not considered a genuine transponder failure and consequently any loss of laps
and/or position as a result will remain.
A team will not score any points if the kart does not cross the start/finish line at the completion of
the event under its own power within two minutes of the chequered flag being waved to signal the
completion of the event. This result will be recorded as a DNF (Did Not Finish).
7. Qualifying
Qualifying will usually be limited to a specified maximum number of laps during a qualifying
period. Any team that exceeds the maximum number of laps permitted will start from the rear of
the grid. If more than one team exceeds the maximum number of laps permitted, the last team to
infringe will start from the rear of the field. Note: The “out” lap and “in” lap are included in the
maximum number of laps allowed.
During qualifying, drivers should be particularly aware of other karts on the circuit. The Clerk of
the Course may black flag drivers who are impeding the qualifying laps of other drivers.
Tyres used during qualifying must be used to commence the race unless the Clerk of the Course
indicates that there has been a change in race conditions.
Driver changes are not permitted in the refuelling or weighing area unless specifically permitted
by the Clerk of the Course for a particular activity or event.
The Clerk of the Course may appoint a Pit Marshal(s) to control the pit area.
294.
Competitors are required to obey the directions of the Pit Marshal(s) at all times.
Karts must be driven at a safe speed within the pit area (no more than 20 kilometres per hour). Pit
speed limits are applied for safety reasons and will be strictly policed and enforced by the Clerk of
the Course or Pit Marshal(s). A minimum time period may be specified for a kart to travel from
the pit entry to the pit exit.
Chain oiling and minor mechanical or damage repairs only are permitted in this area. For repairs
requiring more than 2 minutes, the kart must be removed to the paddock area. Any kart removed
to the paddock area may be inspected by a Scrutineer(s) prior to being permitted to restart.
Extreme care and caution should be exercised when rejoining the circuit from the pit lane. You
should only rejoin the circuit when it is safe to do so or when instructed to do so by the Pit Marshal.
Pit Area infringements may result in any of the following penalties: stop/go penalty, computer lap
penalty or exclusion from the event.
During an event (including practice, qualifying and race) only the driver getting out of the kart, the
driver getting into the kart and one pit crew are permitted in the pit area. Once a pit stop has been
completed they are to leave the pit area immediately. One member of the team is permitted in the
pit area to monitor the race and to signal the driver.
If a kart is underweight it will be required to be re-weighed. In this case the team requiring re-
weighing will have to wait for any other teams waiting to use the scales.
No divers belts or other methods of ballast are to be carried by drivers. It is a serious offence to
have any ballast in a driver’s clothing or on a driver’s person.
3. Weighing Procedure
The standard weighing procedure will be as follows:
• The driver will bring the kart to the weighing area at a safe speed (no faster than walking pace).
• The driver will only proceed onto the scales when instructed to do so by the Weighing
Marshal(s).
295.
• Once the kart and driver have been weighed, the Weighing Marshal(s) will instruct them to
move off the scales.
• The driver may not leave the weighing area until directed to do so by the Weighing
Marshal(s).
• No contact is permitted between the driver and any other team member, pit crew or
spectators.
4. Timing of Weighing
During the race, all weighing stops will be timed by the Weighing Marshal(s). The time period for
weighing is one minute.
5. Infringements
Weighing Area infringements, other than underweight, may result in any of the following penalties:
stop/go penalty, computer lap penalty or exclusion from the activity or event.
6. Average Weight
If an average weight system is in use in lieu of min weight 51.04.1, then the combined Kart and all
team drivers are to be weighed and the average weight of drivers and kart shall not be less than 185
kg. All team drivers are expected to complete at least 10 % of the total race duration.” Only if a
Minimum Kart Weight is applied.
2. Refueling Area
Refueling during qualifying and races must only take place in the designated refueling area.
Smoking is forbidden in this area and admission is prohibited to all persons other than the
Refueling Marshal(s) and competitors refueling their karts.
4. Refueling Marshal(s)
Competitors are required to obey the directions of the Refueling Marshal(s) at all times.
5. Refueling Procedure
The standard refueling method will be as follows:
• The driver will bring the kart to the refueling area at a safe speed (no faster than walking
pace).
• The driver will be responsible for switching off the engines before getting out of the kart.
• It is the drivers responsibility to activate the Electronic Fuel Timing System.
296.
• The driver must then move away from the kart to the designated driver area or to an area as
directed by the Refueling Marshal(s).
• The driver will at all times during the refueling process remain in the designated driver area.
• The driver may be required to hold and be prepared to use one of the refueling area fire
extinguishers.
• The driver may only return to the kart when directed to do so by the Refueling Marshal(s).
• The Refueling Marshal(s) will replace the fuel cap(s) and restart the motors.
• The driver may not leave the refueling area until the Electronic Fuel Timing System light
turns to Green or until directed to do so by the Refueling Marshal(s).
• No driver changes, mechanical or damage repairs, oiling of chains, etc may be carried out
on the kart at any time whilst it is in the confines of the designated refueling area.
• No queue jumping is permitted in the refueling area unless directed by an official.
• Compulsory Fuel Marshall and Refueling Marshall must be present.
6. Timing of Refueling
During the race, all refueling stops will be timed by the Refueling Marshal(s) or by an Electronic
Fuel Timing System. The time period for refueling is one minute.
7. Fuel Cap(s)
Drivers are advised to check the tightness and security of fuel cap(s) prior to leaving the refueling
area.
8. Safety
Refueling has the potential to be dangerous. Any driver, team member or pit crew which recklessly
endangers themselves or anyone else during the refueling process may be excluded from the event.
2. Race Start
Karts will do two warm-up laps and will then be directed to their grid positions on the completion
of the second warm-up lap. When all karts are in their grid positions the race start will be signaled.
297.
4. Breakdown or Stoppage on the Circuit
Should a kart break down on the circuit the driver is permitted to carry out minor repairs to allow
the kart to rejoin the race or to expedite the return of the kart to the pit area. Any repairs may only
be affected by hand and no tools are permitted to be carried by the driver, on the kart or to be taken
onto the circuit. No other team member may assist in any such repairs.
Repairs are only permitted once the kart and driver have been moved to a position of safety. Whilst
in the confines of the track the driver must leave all protective clothing on including helmet, driving
suit, boots and gloves.
Any kart breaking down on the circuit may be returned to the pit or paddock area for repair with
the approval of, and under the supervision of an appropriate official. No member of the team or pit
crew is permitted onto the circuit to work on or help retrieve the kart without the express
permission of the Clerk of the Course.
5. Safety Vehicle
A safety vehicle may be used from time to time to control the race under certain circumstances.
Should the need to use the safety vehicle arise the following protocol should be observed.
In the event of a full course caution, where possible or safe, the safety vehicle will enter the circuit
in front of the lead kart. If unable to enter the circuit in front of the lead kart, drivers will be waved
past by the safety vehicle driver, Clerk of the Course or nominated official until the lead kart is
behind the safety vehicle. Unless specifically instructed by the safety vehicle driver, Clerk of the
Course or nominated official, under no circumstances do you overtake the pace vehicle.
All karts must proceed in single file behind the pace vehicle. One lap prior to the safety vehicle
leaving the circuit, the safety vehicle driver, Clerk of the Course or nominated official will indicate
that there is one lap to go. Once the safety vehicle leaves the circuit, you must remain in single file
and may only resume racing once your kart has crossed the start line. Penalty for Infringement:
Stop/go penalty.
Under a safety vehicle, karts should attempt to close up on the line of karts behind the safety kart
and should not unfairly impede the progress of the kart behind. In these circumstances, the Clerk
of the Course or nominated official may wave the kart behind through and may impose a stop/go
penalty on the impeding kart.
Pit stops are permitted whilst the safety vehicle is on the circuit however you must rejoin the circuit
at the end of the single file line behind the safety vehicle. Refueling is not permitted under a full
course caution or safety vehicle period.
Once the lead kart has crossed the start line on the warm up lap, the race will be considered as
restarted and any karts requiring entry to the pit area will be permitted to do so. Karts wanting to
298.
rejoin at this point can only do so once the last kart in the single file has gone past the pit lane exit
on the warm up lap or once the last kart has gone past the pit lane exit on the first racing lap of the
restart. (ie. you must rejoin at the rear of the field not the front).
During a race stoppage, karts may be removed to the paddock area for mechanical or damage
repairs. Any kart removed to the paddock area may be inspected by a Scrutineer(s) prior to being
permitted to restart.
2. Stop/Go Penalty
In Endurance karting, a special flag (a green and red diagonal flag which will be unique for
Endurance Karting) should be displayed together with a panel upon which the competitors’ kart
number is shown. This flag is used to signify that a stop/go penalty has been imposed on that
competitor or team. When a competitor receives the special flag they are to immediately return to
the pits next time he/she reaches it without impeding other competitors. The driver must complete
the stop/go penalty together with any time penalty and can then rejoin the race. No driver change,
refuelling, mechanical repairs, tyre pressuring or chain lubing etc is permitted during a stop/go
penalty. At the completion of the driving stint, the driver must report to the Clerk of the Course or
Steward immediately after returning to the Pit Area. Penalty for Infringement: Another stop/go
penalty.
299.
51.13 Kart Specifications and Regulations
1. Tyres and Hubs
Permitted tyres are as follows:
Dry - Dunlop SL1 (Front: 10 x 4.50 x 5 – Rear: 11 x 7.10 x 5)
Wet - Maxxis WT3KTM (Front: 10 x 4.50 x 5 – Rear: 11 x 6.00 x 5) or
- Dunlop KT6-SLW1 (Front: 10 x 4.00 x 5 – Rear: 11 x 6.50 x 5)
Tyres may be marked by the Scrutineer(s) prior to qualifying.
“The number of sets of prescribed dry tyre and prescribed wet weather tyres allowable in an
event will be specified in the supplementary regulations.”
Rear hubs must not exceed 140mm in length. Axle collars or stiffening devices may be fitted to the
rear axle adjacent to and inside the rear hub, however the overall length of the hub and axle collar
or stiffening device combined must not exceed 140mm in length.
2. Axle
The rear axle must be one piece, 30mm nominal diameter, solid magnetic material. Maximum
overall length is 1100mm and maximum rear measurement outside to outside rim and tyre is
1400mm. Where axle keys are not the same length as the keyway, or there is a risk that the key may
become dislodged, a hose clamp or other positive method of key retention is required.
Metal collars intended to prevent the axle moving laterally may be fitted to the rear axle adjacent
to and inside the outside rear bearings, however these can be no more than 35mm wide and there
can be no more than two fitted to the axle.
PVC or plastic sleeves fitted over the axle and intended to prevent the hub moving on the axle are
permitted.
3. Sprockets
Final drive sprockets are fixed at 66 teeth. Only one sprocket may be fitted to the rear axle for each
engine.
4. Clutches
All karts must be fitted with dry air cooled Noram GE20-219 centrifugal clutches. Clutches will
be used to transmit the drive with a maximum engagement speed of not more than 2,500 rpm
engines speed.
The Noram GE20-219 clutch sprocket has 20 teeth.
300.
6. Kart Numbers and Number Plates
Number plates shall be coloured as follows:
Division A Yellow background with Black number(s)
Division B White background with Black number(s)
Division N White background with Red number(s)
Numbers are not required to be mounted on the side of the kart.
Kart numbers are confirmed at time of entry.
The kart numbers must be clearly visible, of non-reflective material and at least 130mm high and
20mm wide.
Provisional Licence Holders must display a regulation red “P” on a white background on the rear
of their helmet.
Engines will be mounted on either side of the kart at the rear and drive the kart through chains.
2. Modifications
Modifications to engines are strictly limited to the following:
• Removal of the governor mechanism and oil switch. If the whole mechanism is removed,
the holes in the crankcase must be sealed to prevent oil leakage.
• Fitting of alternative exhaust valves (Honda Part No. 14721-ZH8-810)
• Fitting of alternative valve springs (Honda Part No. 14751-ZH8-940 or 14751-ZE1-000)
• Fitting of alternative carburettor jets
Size 68 (Honda Part No. 99101-ZF5–0680)
Size 70 (Honda Part No. 99101-ZF5–0700)
Size 72 (Honda Part No. 99101-ZF5–0720)
Size 75 (Honda Part No. 99101-ZF5–0750)
• Substitution or complete removal of the air filter is permitted, however the outer air filter
casing must remain as standard and in place. No modification to the outer air filter housing
is permitted.
• The linkage connecting the throttle cables to the standard carburettor throttle arm is free
and it is permitted to fit throttle return springs to each carburettor.
• Spark plugs are free, however no spark enhancers or boosters are permitted.
Apart from the modifications above, no engine parts other than genuine Honda parts, as specified
for this engine type, may be used. Furthermore, it should be noted that the terms “standard” and
“genuine” refer not only to the components used but also to the number used and the manner in
which engines are assembled. Apart from the modifications specifically mentioned in these
regulations, the engines should be completely standard and all components should remain in place
unless it specifically states that you are allowed to remove them.
Reboring of the engine or regrinding of the crankshaft is not permitted. No sleeving or surface
material change to the bore is permitted. No other metal removal from any component is permitted.
301.
No polishing of the cylinder head, combustion area, inlet tract or exhaust port tract is permitted.
Chemical agents must achieve carbon removal only. It would not be expected to see casting marks
or imperfections removed.
Remote engine kill switches are permitted however the standard start/stop switch must be retained
and must function independently of any remote engine kill switch.
Pulse Pumps can be fitted using either the original hole used by the governors once they have been
removed or by utilising the inlet manifold. If via the inlet manifold, the fitting used must be a
commercial off-the shelf product with no modifications and must protrude into the inlet port no
less than 0.5mm, thus making de-burring unnecessary. If the port is modified in any other way the
engine will not pass scrutineering.
The Engine Scrutineer will pay particular attention to the finish of all components to ensure that
they match the standard unit. The Engine Scrutineer may check and compare any suspect
component with a standard part as supplied by Honda MPE Australia. Checks and measurements
may be carried out to ensure that tolerances are within those specified by Honda.
Engines will be sealed by the Engine Sealer using lock wire and lead or plastic seals.
The Engine Sealer shall keep a record of the engine numbers of engines sealed for endurance
karting events.
Engine seals will be inspected by the Scrutineer(s) prior to each event. It is the teams responsibility
to ensure that engine seals are intact and in place. If a seal is broken the engine must be represented
to the Engine Scrutineer for inspection and sealing. No engine inspections or sealing will be
available at events unless specifically requested or approved by the organiser or the Engine Sealer.
At the conclusion of an event, the organiser reserves the right to take away any engine or engines
for inspection and/or dynamometer testing if they wish. If any infringement is found to exist the
team will be liable for any inspection fee.
302.
APPENDIX A – APPROVED ENGINE SCRUTINEERS
Unanderra Mowers J & C Mowers
51 Princes Highway 214 Fifteenth Avenue
Unanderra NSW 2525 West Hoxton NSW 2171
303.
EXPERIMENTAL CLASS
Experimental Classes have been sanctioned by the National Karting Council.
The following specifications have been provided by the AKA for the conduct of this class as
non-championship events/series.
52.02 Tyres
1 No modifications permitted, tyre treatment is illegal (refer rule 23.03)
2 Dry Weather Tyres Dunlop SL1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyre/meeting)
3 Wet Weather Tyres Dunlop KT6SLW1 (1 set + 1 replacement tyres/ meeting)
4 Refer chapter 23, for AKA contracted prices
52.03 Braking
Front wheel brakes are not permitted. Refer Rule 25.07 (4).
52.04 Fuel:
Fuel, as run, to comply to test under Rule 22.01.
52.05 Weight:
(a) Junior A1 Evolution Light - 120 Kg
(b) Junior A1 Evolution Heavy - 140 Kg
(c) Senior A1 Evolution- Light - 140Kg
(d) Senior A1 Evolution- Heavy - 160Kg
MAXIMUM KART WEIGHT FOR A1 Evolution HEAVY CLASS - 88 kgs.
304.
52.09 Clutch:
Dry centrifugal clutch – using genuine components only. Whilst on level ground the kart (with
driver) must start to move under its own power, when the engine speed reaches 3000rpm or less.
52.11 Displacement:
The maximum bore and stroke are:-
Engine Bore Stroke
ARC A1 53.10 mm 46.13 mm
305.
5 The combustion chamber/squish area shall not protrude beyond the gasket sealing face of
the cylinder head
6 The spark plug thread may be repaired but must remain visually concentric with squish and
bowl
52.15 Piston:
1. Piston must be AKA approved ARC (forged or cast) and stock in appearance.
2. Approved aftermarket pistons form 2000 include YAMAHA, KSI, KSI MK II, JDP/Vertex
and Strike.
3. Bottom of piston should be 90 degrees to sides. It is permissible to notch the piston to allow
the removal of circlip. The piston skirt length may be machined, providing it conforms to
the current specifications as laid down in these rules.
52.18 Crankshaft:
Must be of original engine manufacturer.
(a) Crank Pin to be standard pin 18mm with end plugs.
(b) Crank Pin length 44.80mm min, 45.00mm max
(c) Crank Pin bore diameter measurement: 10.25 mm min, 10.45 mm max.
(d) Crank Shaft outside diameter measurement: 86.60mm min., 87.25mm max.
NOTE: If the crank assembly is outside the min/max dimensions, then disassemble engine to
inspect further. Crankshaft width (measured across shoulder for the main bearings) to
be 45.59 mm min.
306.
DIAGRAM IS FOR DIMENSIONAL REFERENCE ONLY
52.19 Crankcase:
The crankcase ports will remain as cast. The minimum chordal distance measured with a vernier
calliper across the widest section of the transfer ports shall be 97.5mm minimum. (Refer diagram
below).
NOTE: Existing crankcases that are narrow may be spaced with a thicker gasket.
52.20 Ignition:
a) Ignition must be that supplied by the original engine manufacturer, which is approved by
the AKA. Any optional unit must be approved and registered with the AKA for this class.
The use of the following AKA approved TCI module is permissible:
YAMAHA, VICTA, ATOM, DELTA/WEI SHIEH, PRD, PRD with coil.,OPPRAMA
No modifications or repairs to any of the listed AKA approved modules is permitted.
The fitting of a PRD ignition coil and a PRD ignition rotor (flywheel) is permissible.
b) Ignition timing may be adjusted by the removal of the locating key or part thereof and/or
by the ignition plate.
307.
c) All engines must rotate in a clockwise direction when viewed from the drive side.
d) Ignition/rotor cover is optional.
52.21 Carburettor:
Refer to Rule 25.26
308.
QUEENSLAND
309.
QLD REPRESENTATIVE Mr. Alf Capri
CO-DELEGATE ON NKC P.O. Box 6182
Fairfield Qld 4103
Ph/Fax: 07 38444276 (h)
Email: info@alfcapriengines.com.au
310.
QUEENSLAND CLUBS
312.
QUEENSLAND - 2007 COMPETITION CALENDAR
JANUARY
Date Day Event Name Club
7 Sun Day Open Fraser
20 Sat D/N Open Towers
21 Sun day Open Sunshine Coast
27 Sat D/N Open Mackay
27 Sat D/N Open Townsville
28 Sun Day V8 Race day Rockhampton
28 Sun Day C Grade Gold Coast
FEBRUARY
Date Day Event Name Club
3 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
3 Sat D/N Founders day Gladstone
3 Sat D/N Open Cairns
4 Sun Day Open Fraser
10 Sat D/N Open Townsville
11 Sun Day Open Warwick
11 Sun Day Open Cooloola Coast
17 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
17 Sat D/N Open Cairns
18 Sun Day Anniversary Meet Rockhampton
18 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
24 Sat D/N Open Mackay
24 Sat D/N Open Towers
25 Sun Day Open Gold Coast
25 Sun Day Mack Trucks Top Dog Bundaberg
MARCH
Date Day Event Name Club
3 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
3 Sat D/N Open Cairns
3 S/S D/N Open Gladstone
10 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
10 Sat D/N Open Townsville
10 Sat Day Official Opening Coolooola Coast
11 Sun Day Open Warwick
17 Sat D/N Open Towers
18 Sun Day Open Cooloola Coast
18 Sun Day Open Rockhampton
18 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
24 Sat D/N Open Mackay
24 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
24 Sat D/N Open Cairns
25 Sun Day Junior Gold, (J,R,M) C/Man Chall Gold Coast
25 Sun Day R/D Bundaberg
31 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
31 Sat D/N Open Townsville
313.
APRIL
Date Day Event Name Club
1 Sun Day Open Fraser
7 Sat D/N Two Track Chall Gladstone
8 Sun Day Two Track Chall Rockhampton
14 Sat D/N Open Towers
15 Sun Day Open Cooloola Coast
15 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
21 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
21/22 S/S D/N/D Sugar City Titles Mackay
22 Sun Day Open Gold Coast
28 Sun D/N Open Townsville
29 Sun Day Junior Super Series R1 Bundaberg
MAY
Date Day Event Name Club
5 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
5 Sat D/N Mothers Day Gladstone
5-6 S/S D/N/D Qld Country Titles Cairns
6 Sun Day Open Fraser
12 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
12 Sat D/N Open Townsville
12 Sat Day Comb w/CCKC Sunshine Coast
13 Sun Day Comb w/SSKC Cooloola Coast
13 Sun Day Open Warwick
19 Sat D/N Open Mackay
20 Sun Day Open Cairns
20 Sun Day Lois Gall Memorial Rockhampton
20 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
26 Sun D/N Open Towers
27 Sun Day Open Gold Coast
27 Sun Day Junior Super Series R 2 Bundaberg
JUNE
Date Day Event Name Club
2 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
2 Sat Day Open Mt Isa
2-3 S/S D/N/D NQ Sprint Titles Townsville
3 Sun Day Open Fraser
9-10 S/S D/N/D Double Direct Gladstone
10 Sun Day Open Warwick
16 Sun Day Open Mt Isa
17 Sun Day Open Sunshine Coast
17 Sun Day Open Cairns
17 Sun Day Open Rockhampton
17 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
23 Sat D/N Open Mackay
23 Sat D/N Open Towers
24 Sun Day Junior Super Series R 3 Bundaberg
24 Sun Day Open Gold Coast
29/30-1 July F/S/S D/N/D Qld State Championships Toowoomba
314.
JULY
Date Day Event Name Club
8 Sun Day C Crade R/D Gladstone
8 Sun Day Open Fraser
8 Sun Day Open Cairns
14 Sat Day Open Mt Isa
15 Sun Day Open Cooloola Coast
15 Sun Day Open Townsville
15 Sun Day Open Rockhampton
15 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
21 Sat D/N Open Mackay
22 Sun Day Open Gold Coast
22 Sun Day Open Towers
28 Sat Day KKP Leopard Enduro Bundaberg
29 Sun Day Open Bundaberg
29 Sun Day Open Cairns
AUGUST
Date Day Event Name Club
4 Sat Day Open Mt Isa
4 Sat D/N Open Gladstone
5 Sun Day Open Ipswich
5 Sun Day Open Fraser
12 Sun Day Open Warwick
12 Sun Day Open Cooloola Coast
12 Sun Day Open Townsville
18 Sat D/N Open Mackay
18-19 S/S D/N/D Open Towers
19 Sun Day Open Rockhampton
19 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
25 Sat D/N InterCity Cairns
26 Sun Day Thomas Horey Memorial Gold Coast
26 Sun Day R/D Bundaberg
SEPTEMBER
Date Day Event Name Club
1 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
1 Sat D/N Open Gladstone
2 Sun Day Open Fraser
8-9 S/S D/N/D 10th Anniversary Meet Townsville
9 Sun Day Open Rockhampton
9 Sun Day Open Warwick
15 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
15 Sat D/N Open Towers
16 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
16 Sun Day Pro Invitation Meet Bundaberg
22-23 S/S D/N/D Whitsunday Titles Mackay
23 Sun Day Open Cooloola Coast
23 Sun Day Open Gold Coast
29-30 S/S D/N/D Qld Closed Ipswich
315.
OCTOBER
Date Day Event Name Club
6 Sat D/N Port Curtis Titles Gladstone
6 Sat D/N Open Towers
6 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
7 Sun Day Open Fraser
13-14 S/S D/N/D FNQ Titles Cairns
14 Sun Day Open Warwick
14 Sun Day Open Cooloola Coast
20 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
21 Sun Day Reef/Beef Titles Rockhampton
21 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
27 Sat D/N Open Mackay
27 Sat D/N Open Townsville
28 Sun Day $10,000 Dash 4 Cash Bundaberg
28 Sun D/N Open Gold Coast
NOVEMBER
Date Day Event Name Club
3 Sat D/N Open Ipswich
3 Sat D/N Open Mt Isa
3 Sat D/N Open Gladstone
3 Sat D/N Open Cairns
4 Sun Day Open Fraser
10 Sat D/N Open Townsville
11 Sun Day Open Warwick
11 Sun Day Open Sunshine Coast
17 Sat D/N Open Mackay
17 Sat D/N 100 Lapper Cairns
17 Sat D/N Club Champs Mt Isa
18 Sun Day Open Rockhampton
18 Sun Day Open Toowoomba
24 Sat D/N Open Towers
25 Sun Day Seniors Gold Cup Gold Coast
25 Sun Day Xmas Fun day Bundaberg
DECEMBER
Date Day Event Name Club
1 Sat D/N Open Gladstone
1 Sat D/N Open Townsville
2 Sun Day Open Fraser
8 Sat D/N Open Mackay
8 Sat Day Xmas Meet Warwick
8 Sat D/N Open Towers
9 Sun Day Closed Cooloola Coast
16 Sun Day Xmas Classic Rockhampton
316.
NEW SOUTH WALES – CONTACT DETAILS
All contact at State Level is to be made through the State Office Secretary
EXECUTIVE
State President Richard Erdmann
Vice President Bob Gallagher
Treasurer Max Laybutt
NKC Delegate Bob Gallagher
NKC Co-Delegate Simon Whiting
Metro Committee Member Simon Whiting
Country Committee Member Wayne Robinson
Industry Committee Member Chris Dell
STATE OFFICERS
Clerk of Course Coordinator Steven King
Assistant Clerk of Course Coordinator Graham Card
Competitor Relations Officer Terry Conlon
Fuel Testing Officer Trevor White
Junior Development Officer Position 1 Russell Grimson
Junior Development Officer Position 2 Troy Hunt
Officials Coordinator John Kirkham
Assistant Officials Coordinator Judy Preen
Publicity Officer Robert Gallagher
Safety Training – OLT Ron Harradine
State Technical Officer Trevor White
Assistant Technical Officer Les Allen
State Track Inspector Tom Nipperess
Northern Zone Track Inspector Tracy Stewart
Southern Zone Track Inspector Tom Nipperess
Western Zone Track Inspector Dick Catford
State Tribunal Registrar Ron Harradine
State Tyre Anaylst Trevor White
318.
NEW SOUTH WALES - CLUBS
Details correct at time of printing for updated information please visit www.akansw.com.au
319.
Track: Lithgow City Raceway
Oakey Forest Road, Mannangaroo, Lithgow
Type: Bitumen
Length: 751m
Density: 32karts
Direction: clockwise
Track: Daroobalgie
Type: Dirt
Length: 465m
Density: 20 karts
Direction: anti-clockwise
320.
Phone: 02 4821 2270
Mobile: 0421 057 577
Email: mcooley@bigpond.net.au
Track: Bogolong
Type: Bitumen
Length: 670m
Density: 26 karts
Direction: clockwise
Track: Tharbogang
Type: Bitumen
Length: 854m
Density: 32 karts
Direction: clockwise
321.
Track: Hunters Lane
Type: Bitumen
Length: 585m
Density: 20 karts
Direction: clockwise
Track: Mt Sugarloaf
Type: Bitumen
Length: 1056m
Density: 40 karts
Direction: anti-clockwise
322.
North Shore Kart Club www.nskc.com.au
Pam Matthews
Telephone: 9671 2778
PO Box 6998
Blacktown Business Centre
Blacktown NSW 2148
Email: northshorekartclub@hotmail.com
323.
Raleigh Sprint Kart Racing Club Secretary: Helen Haworth
Valery Road
Raleigh NSW 2454
Telephone: 02 6655 4017
Fax: 02 6655 4357
Email: raleigh@conx.net.au
324.
The Endurance Karting Association www.teka.com.au
President: Steve Cameron
3/26-28 Bateman Avenue
Albion Park NSW 2527
Mobile: 0400 447 969
Email: president@teka.com.au
325.
2007 NSW COMPETITION CALENDAR
326.
North Shore Premier Cup Round 1
TEKA Round 2 - Orange - 4 hours
11 Sun Coffs Harbour ICC
Orange
Sapphire
Wollongong
17 Sat Combined
Griffith Riverina Cup (Twilight)
Manning Valley Day/Night
18 Sun Canberra
Combined
Dubbo
Port Macquarie
24 Sat Newcastle
Wagga Southern Zone Round 2
25 Sun Newcastle
Sydney
Wagga Southern Zone Round 2
31 Sat TEKA Round 3 - Newcastle - Practice and Qualifying
April
1 Sun Grenfell Major Meeting
Lismore
Port Macquarie Come and Try Day
Tamworth Brian Higginbotham Trophy
TEKA Round 3 - Newcastle - 6 hour
6 Fri North Shore Nationals
7 Sat North Shore Nationals
8 Sun North Shore Nationals
15 Sun Orange
Wollongong
21 Sat Griffith Southern Zone Round 3
Newcastle
22 Sun Coffs Harbour State of Origin
Griffith Southern Zone Round 3
Newcastle
Sapphire
Sydney
28 Sat Canberra
Combined
Manning Valley Day/Night
Central Coast Speedway King of the Dirt - Twilight
29 Sun Combined
Forbes
Grafton
Goulburn
327.
May
4 Fri Lismore Northern Zone Junior Development Day
5 Sat Lismore Young Guns Titles
North Shore
6 Sun Grenfell
Gunnedah Liverpool Plains Titles
Lismore Young Guns Titles
North Shore
TEKA Round 4 - Combined - Sunday 5 hour
12 Sat Goulburn Premier Cup Round 2
13 Sun Goulburn Premier Cup Round 2
Orange
Wagga
19 Sat Port Macquarie Pacific Coast Titles
20 Sun Central Coast Speedway Round 3
Dubbo
Griffith
Port Macquarie Pacific Coast Titles
Sapphire
Sydney
26 Sat Combined
Grafton ICC
27 Sun Canberra ACT Titles
Combined Round 4
Forbes
Grafton ICC
Manning Valley
Wollongong
June
2 Sat Newcastle
3 Sun Grenfell
Lismore
Newcastle
Tamworth
8 Fri Coffs Harbour Over 40’s
9 Sat Coffs Harbour Over 40’s
TEKA Round 5 - Ipswich - Practice and Qualifying
10 Sun Coffs Harbour Over 40’s
TEKA Round 5 - Ipswich - Sunday 7 hour
16 Sat Albury Southern Zone Round 4
North Shore
17 Sun Albury Southern Zone Round 4
Central Coast Speedway Round 4
Port Macquarie
Sapphire
23 Sat Sydney Premier State Cup Round 3
24 Sun Central Coast Speedway Rain Date
328.
Dubbo
Grafton
Manning Valley
Sydney Premier State Cup Round 3
July
1 Sun Gunnedah Catfield Shield
Grenfell
7 Sat Newcastle
8 Sun Newcastle
Wagga
14 Sat Dubbo Southern Zone Round 5
North Shore
15 Sun Dubbo Southern Zone Round 5
Lismore ICC
Sapphire
Wollongong
21 Sat Combined
22 Sun Canberra
Central Coast Speedway Round 5
Combined
Port Macquarie
TEKA Round 6 - Eastern Creek - 350 laps
29 Sun Forbes
Grafton
Manning Valley
Sydney
August
4 Sat Newcastle Premier State Cup Round 4
5 Sun Grenfell
Lismore
Newcastle Premier State Cup Round 4
Tamworth
11 Sat North Shore
12 Sun Central Coast Speedway Round 6
North Shore
Orange
Port Macquarie
Sapphire
Wagga
Wollongong
18 Sat Coffs Harbour The Yamaha
Dubbo Major Meeting
19 Sun Canberra
Coffs Harbour The Yamaha
Dubbo Major Meeting
Griffith
25 Sat Central Coast Speedway Come and Try Day
329.
Forbes NSW State Dirt Championships
TEKA Round 7 - Dubbo - 4 hour
26 Sun Forbes NSW State Dirt Championships
Central Coast Speedway Practice Day
Grafton
Manning Valley
Sydney
TEKA Round 7 - Dubbo - 4 hour
September
1 Sat Grenfell Southern Zone Round 6
North Shore
Tamworth Alan Cox Cup/All Manufacturer’s Trophy
2 Sun Grenfell Southern Zone Round 6
Lismore
North Shore
Port Macquarie Come and Try Day
Tamworth Alan Cox Cup/All Manufacturer’s Trophy
8 Sat Combined Premier State Cup Round 5
9 Sun Combined Premier State Cup Round 5
Orange
Sapphire
Wagga Major Meeting
Wollongong
15 Sat Central Coast Speedway Speedway State Titles
Griffith Hot Summer Nights (Twilight)
Sydney City of Sydney Titles
16 Sun Canberra
Central Coast Speedway Speedway State Titles
Coffs Harbour
Dubbo
Manning Valley
Sydney City of Sydney Titles
22 Sat Central Coast Speedway Speedway State Titles - Rain Date
23 Sun Central Coast Speedway Speedway State Titles - Rain Date
Goulburn
28 Fri Newcastle NSW State Championships
29 Sat Newcastle NSW State Championships
TEKA Round 8 - Tamworth - Practice and Qualifying
30 Sun Newcastle NSW State Championships
TEKA Round 8 - Tamworth - 5 hour
October
6 Sat Forbes Southern Zone Round 7
North Shore
7 Sun Forbes Southern Zone Round 7
North Shore
13 Sat Combined
Gunnedah ICC3
330.
Orange Team Challenge
14 Sun Coffs Harbour ICC
Combined
Orange Team Challenge
Sapphire
Tamworth ICC3
Wagga
Wollongong
Griffith Hot Summer Nights (Twilight)
21 Sun Canberra Canberra Cup
Central Coast Speedway Round 7
Dubbo
Grafton
27 Sat Manning Valley ICC3
Newcastle
North Shore
28 Sun Newcastle
Port Macquarie ICC3
Sydney
November
3 Sat Orange Southern Zone Final
Tamworth
Wollongong Final Premier State Cup Round
4 Sun Lismore
Central Coast Speedway Round 8
Sapphire
Wollongong Final Premier State Cup Round
10 Sat Combined Clyde Marshall
11 Sun Combined Clyde Marshall
Wagga
17 Sat Grenfell
Griffith Not Summer Nights (Twilight)
Manning Valley Day/Night
North Shore
18 Sun Canberra
Central Coast Speedway Round 9
Coffs Harbour
Dubbo
Goulburn
North Shore
24 Sat Forbes National Dirt Championships
25 Sun Forbes National Dirt Championships
Central Coast Speedway Rain Date
Grafton
Newcastle
Port Macquarie
331.
December
2 Sun Dubbo
Goulburn
Lismore Xmas Meeting
Sydney
Wollongong
8 Sat Combined
Orange
9 Sun Port Macquarie
Sapphire
Tamworth
Dates correct at time of printing changes will be posted on the AKA NSW Website
www.akansw.com.au
NSW Speedway Calendar and TEKA Endurance State Titles date were not available at time of
printing but will be available on their websites: www.nsw.skc.com.au and www.teka.com.au
332.
VICTORIA
State Secretary Pam Arnett, C/- Maiden Gully Post Office, Maiden Gully VIC 3551
Telephone: (03) 9362 1144, (03) 5449 6362
Fax: (03) 5449 6442 Mobile: 0409 334 175
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
Web Site: www.vka.asn.au
OFFICIALS
State President David Murray, C/- Maiden Gully Post Office, Maiden Gully VIC 3551
Telephone: (03) 9874 1838
Fax: (03) 9872 5774
Mobile: 0419 324 234
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
State Technical Adviser/ Harold Arnett, Maiden Gully Post Office, Maiden Gully VIC 3551
NKC Co delegate Telephone: (03) 54496207
Fax: (03) 54496442
Mobile: 0428 461 012
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
State Track Inspector Ross Gathercole, Maiden Gully Post Office, Maiden Gully VIC 3551
Telephone: (03) 50220917
Fax: (03) 50220917
Mobile: 0428 293 292
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
State Scrutineer Coordinator Kevin McKinnon, Maiden Gully Post Office, Maiden Gully VIC 3551
Telephone: (03) 51341460
Fax: (03) 51341432
Mobile: 0407 505 858
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
State Steward Coordinator Jim Hinchcliffe, Maiden Gully Post Office, Maiden Gully VIC 3551
Telephone: (03) 87957728
Mobile: 0423522977
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
NKC Delegate David Murray, Maiden Gully Post Office, Maiden Gully VIC 3551
Telephone: (03) 98741838
Fax: (03) 98725774
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
State Vice President Russell White Email to: vka@bigpond.net.au
State Treasurer Alan Barclay Email to: vka@bigpond.net.au
State Tribunal Registrar Pam Arnett Email to: vka@bigpond.net.au
333.
VICTORIAN CLUBS
Albury/Wodonga Kart Club Matt Hamilton, PO Box 427, Lavington NSW 2641
Telephone 0409914191
Email: secretary@awkc.com.au
Track - Bitumen - Sheathers Road, Wodonga.
Race Secretary – John Reynolds, P.O Box 427, Lavington NSW 2641
Telephone 02 60218582 Email: superdentist@bigpond.com
Bendigo Kart Club Karen Arnett - P O Box 131, Golden Square 3555
Telephone 0427787165
Email: bendigokartclub@bigpond.com
Track - Bitumen - Marong Raceway, Gold associates rd, West of Bendigo
Race Secretary – Katrina Arnett, P O Maiden Gully, 3551
Telephone (03) 54496314
Email: arnetts5@aapt.net.au
Eastern Lions Kart Club Gail Cherry, P.O. Box 335, Kew East 3102
Telephone (03) 97288442 Fax: (03) 97281142
Email: karts@cherrylawyers.com.au
Track - Bitumen – Hume International Raceway Puckapunyal
Race Secretary Wayne Cubbin
P.O.Box 49 Nagambie, 3608
Telephone (03) 57942285 Email: rcubbin@bigpond.net.au
334.
Gippsland Kart Club Anita Stratton, 1 Somers Place, Traralgon 3844
Telephone (03) 5174 3870 Fax (03) 5174 3870
Email: ggkc@netspace.net.au
Track - Bitumen – Tramway Park, Morwell
Race Secretary – Peter Key, 2 Robert St, Morwell 3840
Telephone (03) 51342746 / (03) 5174 3870
Goulburn Valley Kart Club Michael Scott , P.O.Box 6144, Shepparton 3631
Telephone 0401092257
Email: michael@streetcommodore.com
Track - Bitumen - Numurkah Highway, (3km northwest of Numurkah)
Race Secretary – Jeanette Glover, P.O.Box 6144 , Shepparton 3631
Telephone (03) 0439807304
Email: Michael@streetcommodore.com
335.
Portland Kart Club Gaynor Denboer , PO Box 1015, Portland 3305
Telephone (03) 55235529
Track - Bitumen - Portland Kartway, South of Portland, off Cape Nelson Rd
Race Secretary – P.O Box 1015, Portland 3305
Telephone (03) 55231140
South West Kart Club Simone Rethus, P O Box 119, Cobden 3266
Telephone (03) 55945219 Fax (03) 55945219
Email; bellahdonnah@westvic.com.au
Track - Bitumen – Grayland Street, Cobden
Race Secretary – Ingrid Baxter, P.O.Box 50, Camperdown 3260
Telephone (03) 55931010
Email: blossom@tca-online.net.au
Swan Hill Kart Club Kathryn Conlan, PO Box 676, Swan Hill 3585
Telephone (03) 5032 1502 Fax (03) 5032 3026
Email: conlec@bigpond.com
Track - Bitumen – Ultima Road, Swan Hill
Race Secretary – Anna McGinniskin, PO Box 676, Swan Hill 3585
Telephone (03) 5032 3295 / 5032 9721
Email: eaglenut@bigblue.net.au
336.
VICTORIAN KARTING ASSOCIATION - 2007 COMPETITION CALENDAR
JANUARY
19th Top Gun (Friday Night) Oakleigh
26th Top Gun (Friday Night) Oakleigh
FEBRUARY
9/10/11th Victorian Open Championships Cobden
18th Country Series Round 1 Ballarat
25th Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
MARCH
3/4 Golden Power series Round 1 Gippsland
11 Country Series round 2 Wimmera
18 Closed club day (All clubs)
24/25 City Central round 1/ Kingston Cup Oakleigh
APRIL
1 Open meeting Rochester
6/7/8 AKA Nationals (NSW) Eastern Creek
15 The Warrnambool City Rotax Titles
21/22 Golden Power Series round 2 Bendigo
29 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
MAY
5/6 Central city round 2 GKCV
13 Country series Round 3 South West
20 Open Meeting Bairnsdale
27 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
JUNE
2/3 Winter cup/Central City series Round 3 Geelong
9/10 North West Kart Titles Mildura
17 NSW Southern Zone series round Albury
24 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
JULY
1 Country series round 4 Warrnambool
8 Sun Centre Titles Swan Hill
14/15 Bendigo Country Titles Bendigo
22 Country Series round 5 Hamilton
29 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
337.
AUGUST
4/5 Val & Joyce Findlay memorial Geelong
11/12 Australasian “C” grade Titles Gippsland
12 Open Meeting Wimmera
18/19 City of Melbourne Titles Go Kart Club of Vic
26 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
SEPTEMBER
1/2 Golden Power series Round 3 Rochester
8/9 Junior Sprint Classic Eastern Lions
15/16 Australasian Kart Titles Goulburn Valley
23 Open Meeting Bairnsdale
23 Open meeting Mildura
30 Country Series round 6 Portland
OCTOBER
7 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
14 City of Wodonga Titles Albury
14 Southern Classic Oakleigh
21 Begonia City Titles Ballarat
28 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
NOVEMBER
3/4 Golden City Power Series round 4 Eastern Lions
11 Open Meeting Swan Hill
18 Handbury Titles Hamilton
25 Closed Club Day (All Clubs)
DECEMBER
1/2 Victorian Closed Titles Portland
8 VKA presentation for Golden Power Series,
Karter of the Year Awards.
Location: Taylor’s Lakes Hotel, Taylors Lakes Melbourne
* State Entries:
All State entries and entry enquiries for the Victorian Open and Victorian Closed Titles are to be
directed to:
Race Entry Secretary
PO Box Maiden Gully 3551
Telephone: 03 54 49 6362
Email: vka@bigpond.net.au
338.
Thinking of coming to Tasmania?
Why not contact us for a free quote,
to bring you, your family and Kart
Tel (03) 6333 2222 Fax (03) 6334 4114
Email travel@barterntas.com.au
339.
LAUNCESTON KART CLUB
www.lkc.com.au
46th Annual
Australian Sprint Kart Championships
Easter 2008
340.
TASMANIA
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS
341.
State Licencing Officer: Malcolm Briscoe
Musgrove Cottage
340 White Hills Road, Forcett Tas 7173
Phone: (03) 6265 9160
Mobile: 0429 142 233
Email: malbriscoe@bigpond.com
DELEGATES
342.
TASMANIAN CLUBS
343.
TASMANIA - 2007 COMPETITION CALENDAR
JANUARY
21 Sun Little Legends/Leopard series NWKC
28 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
FEBRUARY
4 Sun Young Guns/Rotax series LKC
25 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
MARCH
4 Sun Round 1 State Closed Titles STKC
17 Sat Round 2 State Closed Titles CHKC
25 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
APRIL
6/7/8/ Fri/Sat/Sun Aust National Sprint Championships, NSW
15 Sun Round 3 State Closed Titles NWKC
29 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
MAY
19/20 Sat/Sun Round 4 State Closed Titles LKC
27 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
JUNE
8/9/10 Fri/Sat/Sun East Coast O/40s Titles (Coffs Harbour, NSW)
16 Sat /Rotax series CHKC
24 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
JULY
8 Sun /Leopard series STKC
22 Sun Big Legends NWKC
29 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
AUGUST
5 Sun National feature/Leopard series LKC
18 Sat /Leopard series CHKC
26 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
SEPTEMBER
2 Sun /Rotax series STKC
22/23 Sat/Sun Masport Cup NWKC
30 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
OCTOBER
14 Sun Sportsman feature LKC
344.
21 Sat Tall Timbers Marathon CHKC
28 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
NOVEMBER
2/3/4 Fri/Sat/Sun Tasmanian Sprint Championships LKC
18 Sun V8 Super Cars, Symmons Plains (Tas)
25 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
DECEMBER
2 Sun Castrol Cup STKC
16 Sun Closed race meeting All clubs
345.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
EXECUTIVE:
346.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA - CLUBS
Broken Hill Kart Club The Secretary, Rod Wilkinson, 228 Pell Street
Broken Hill, NSW 2880 Tel (08) 80876847 home
Track- Bitumen- ‘Johnson Park Speedway’ Medindee Road
Broken Hill NSW
Race Secretary, Jason Maalste, 161 Gypsum Street,
Broken Hill. NSW, 2880 Tel 08 80886020 ah
Dublin Go Kart Club Secretary, 216 Lady Gowrie Drive, Largs Bay SA 5016
Tel (08) 8242 3513 Fax (08) 8242 4137
Race Secretary as above
Website takasa@bigpond.com
347.
Fax: 08 8262 6675
Track- Bitumen-”Bolivar Raceway” Summer Road, Bolivar.
1st turn left off Port Wakefield Road, North, after Highway
One Caravan and Tourist Park.
Whyalla Go Kart Club Secretary, Andy Leech, PO Box 2114, Whyalla Norrie,
SA 5608
Tel (08) 8645 2356
Track- Bitumen-‘Mt Young Raceway’
Port Lincoln Highway, Whyalla
Race Secretary, John Bachmann, PO Box 2114,
Whyalla Norrie, SA 5608
Mobile 0412 065 912
348.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA - 2007 COMPETITION CALENDAR
JANUARY
21 Sun Closed Club Championship Rnd 1 SOUTHERN
FEBRUARY
4 Sun Festival State Cup Group A Round 1 SOUTHERN
17 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
17 Sat Festival State Cup Group B Round 1 BAROSSA
18 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
24 Sat Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
25 Sun Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
MARCH
11 Sun Festival State Cup Group B Round 2 SOUTHERN
17 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
24 Sat Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
25 Sun Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
25 Sun City of Mt Gambier Titles MT GAMBIER
31 Sat SA CLOSED STATE CHAMPIONSHIP BAROSSA
APRIL
1 Sun SA CLOSED STATE CHAMPIONSHIP BAROSSA
8 Sun Closed Club Championship Rnd 2 SOUTHERN
15 Sun GKCSA Open Meeting GKCSA
21 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
22 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
29 Sun Festival State Cup Group A Round 2 WHYALLA
MAY
12 Sat Doug Liddle/Rod Gardner Memorial BAROSSA
19 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
20 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
20 Sun Festival State Cup Group B Round 3 GKCSA
JUNE
3 Sun Festival State Cup Group B Round 4 SOUTHERN
9 Sat City of Whyalla Titles WHYALLA
10 Sun City of Whyalla Titiles WHYALLA
16 Sat Broken Hill Open Meetings BROKEN HILL
17 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
30 Sat Festival State Cup Group A round 3 BAROSSA
& Barossa Night Titles
349.
JULY
15 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
15 Sun Festival State Cup Group A Round 4 GKCSA
21 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
29 Sun Whyalla Open Meeting WHYALLA
28 Sat City of Adelaide Titles SOUTHERN
29 Sun City of Adelaide Titles SOUTHERN
AUGUST
11 Sat Junior/Midget/Rookie Challenge BAROSSA
12 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
18 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
26 Sun Southern Open Meeting SOUTHERN
SEPTEMBER
8 Sat Festival State Cup Group A Round 5 BAROSSA
& Jenke Vineyard Classic
15 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
16 Sun Closed Club Championship Rnd 3 SOUTHERN
23 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
30 Sun Festival State Cup Group B Round 5 BROKEN HILL
OCTOBER
13 Sat Australian Masters Games BOLIVAR
14 Sun Australian Masters Games BOLIVAR
14 Sun Mt Gambier Open Meeting MT GAMBIER
20 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
21 Sun Festival State Cup Group B Round 6 DUBLIN
27 Sat Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
28 Sun Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
28 Sun Closed Club Championship Rnd 4 SOUTHERN
NOVEMBER
4 Sun Festival State Cup Group A Round 6 DUBLIN
17 Sat Broken Hill Open Meeting BROKEN HILL
17 Sat Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
18 Sun Whyalla Twilight Meeting WHYALLA
24 Sat SA OPEN SPRINT CHAMPIONSHIP GKCSA
25 Sun SA OPEN SPRINT CHAMPIONSHIP GKCSA
30 Fri Proposed AKASA DINNER
DECEMBER
9 Sun GKCSA Christmas Meeting GKCSA
350.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
ALL contact at State Level is to be made to State Secretary via your own club.
State Secretary Miss Michelle Caporn 421 Turner Way, Karratha WA 6714
NKC Co-delegate Telephone: (08) 9185 6466
Fax: (08) 9185 6477
Mobile: 0418 921 200
Email: secretary@kartingwa.com.au
OFFICIALS
State President Mr. Gary Light
& NKC Delegate Telephone: (08) 9409 4441
Fax: (08) 9409 4441
Mobile: 0419 914 069
email: gary@physics.uwa.edu.au
Vice President: Mr John Wishart
Telephone: (08) 9204 7260
Fax: (08) 9204 7240
Mobile: 0413 448 599
Email: john.karen.wishart@bigpond.com
Treasurer: Mrs. Sandra Walker
Telephone: (08) 9351 4269
Fax: (08) 9454 3819
Email: akawa.treasurer@arach.net.au
State Technical Advisor: Mr. Ken Seeber
Telephone: (08) 9306 1589
Fax: (08) 9306 1655
Mobile: 0438 061 589
Email: ken@strikeproducts.com.au
State Track Inspector: Mr. Bill Green
Telephone: (08) 9076 1112
Fax: (08) 9076 1114
Mobile: 0428 935 377
Email: billminigreen@bigpond.com
State Stewards Co- Mr John Pickernell
Ordinator: Telephone: (08) 9874 4042
Fax: (08) 9874 4029
Mobile: 0427 744 029
Email: johnpick@esat.net.au
Publicity Officer Ms Lea Mackie
Telephone: (08) 9071 5081
Fax: (08) 9071 5064
Mobile: 0427 934 002
Email: espnewsagency@bigpond.com
351.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA - CLUBS
352.
E-mail: secretary@hgkc.net
Track: 753 metres, Bitumen, 99 Burma Road, WUNDOWIE
Website: www.hgkc.net
Impala Kart Club Inc Gary Brown
P O Box 538, Tom Price 6751
Phone: (08) 9188 1483
Fax: (08) 9188 1483
Mobile: 0417 968 457
E-mail: lbr59813@bigpond.net.au
Track: 670 metres, Bitumen, Paraburdoo Road, TOM PRICE
Karratha Kart Club Inc Michelle Caporn
P O Box 423, Karratha 6714
Phone: (08) 9144 1107
Fax: (08) 9144 1107
Mobile: 0418 921 200
E-mail: karrathakartclub@westnet.com.au
Track: 668 metres, Bitumen, Anderson Road, Industrial Area,
KARRATHA
Website: www.karting.karratha.com
Lake King Kart Club Inc Neville Finn
c/- Post Office, Lake King 6450
Phone: (08) 9874 4060
Mobile: 0427 447 422
Track: 680 metres, Bitumen, Roelands Lake King Road, LAKE KING
Midwest Kart Club Inc Louise Davis
P O Box 137, Geraldton 6531
Phone: (08) 9923 3222
Fax: (08) 99233444
Mobile: 0418 939 588
E-mail: davistrans@westnet.com.au
Track: 700 metres, Bitumen, Mullewa Road, MOONYOONOOKA
Newman Kart Club Inc Brad Farmer
P O Box 495, Newman 6753
Phone: (08) 9175 0527
Fax: (08) 9175 0527
Mobile: 0438 951 014
Email: newmankartclub@hotmail.com
Track: 876 metres, Bitumen, Great Northern Highway, NEWMAN
Website: www.newmankartclub.com
Tiger Kart Club Inc Dianne Verco
P O Box 338, Hamilton Hill 6163
Phone: (08) 9314 1092
Fax: (08) 9314 1093
E-mail: admin@tigerkartclub.com.au
Track: 1070 metres, Bitumen, Gemma Road, HENDERSON
1025 metres, Bitumen, Wattle Avenue, WANNEROO
Website: www.tigerkartclub.com.au
353.
2007 AKA (WA) CALENDAR
DATE EVENT
JANUARY
* 06
* 07
* 13
* 14
* 20 CLUBRUN
* 21 WEEKEND
* PH 26
* 27
* 28
FEBRUARY
03
04
17 CLUBRUN
18 WEEKEND
MARCH
03 EASTERN GOLDFIELDS – South Eastern Zone Round 1
04 EASTERN GOLDFIELDS – South Eastern Zone Round 1
KARRATHA - Northern Zone Round 1
PH 05
17 CLUBRUN
18 WEEKEND
24
25
31
354.
APRIL
01
* PH 06 National Championships
* 07 National Championships
* 08 National Championships
* PH 09
* 21 CLUBRUN
* 22 WEEKEND
MAY
05
06 TIGER – Western Cup Round 2
12
13
19 CLUBRUN
20 WEEKEND
JUNE
02 ESPERANCE – South Eastern Zone Round 3
03 ESPERANCE – South Eastern Zone Round 3
EXMOUTH – Northern Zone Round 3
PH 04
09
10 TIGER – Open
16 CLUBRUN
17 WEEKEND
23
24
355.
JULY
01 MIDWEST – WAST Round 2
* 21 CLUBRUN
* 22 WEEKEND
28
29 TIGER – WAST Round 4
AUGUST
04
05
11 BUNBURY – Open
IMPALA – Northern Zone Round 4
12 BUNBURY – Open
18 CLUBRUN
19 WEEKEND
SEPTEMBER
01 MIDWEST – Open
02 MIDWEST – Open
15 CLUBRUN
16 WEEKEND
22
23
* 29
* 30
356.
OCTOBER
* PH 01
* 13
* 14
20 CLUBRUN
21 WEEKEND
NOVEMBER
03
04
17 CLUBRUN
18 WEEKEND
DECEMBER
01
02
08 TIGER – Open
09
* 15 CLUBRUN
* 16 WEEKEND
* 22
* 23
* 29
* 30
357.
NORTHERN TERRITORY
358.
NORTHERN TERRITORY - CLUBS
359.
NORTHERN TERRITORY - 2007 COMPETITION CALENDAR
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
24th Saturday (night) Club championship Darwin Karting Assn
APRIL
8th Sunday (night) Club championship Darwin Karting Assn
21st Saturday (night) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
MAY
6th Sunday (night) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
19th Saturday (night) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
JUNE
3rd Sunday (day) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
15, 16, 17 Fri,Sat,Sunday NT State Titles Darwin Karting Assn
JULY
15th Sunday (day) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
28th Saturday (night) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
AUGUST
11th Saturday (night) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
25th Saturday (night) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
SEPTEMBER
8th Saturday (night) Club Championship Darwin Karting Assn
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
360.
2007 STEWARD’S PANEL
SUGGESTED PENALTIES LIST
Stewards’ objectives must be to attain an equal standard for all competitors and to ensure that the race
meeting is conducted in an orderly manner.
The only evidence that should be considered at any hearing conducted by the Stewards is that evidence
that has been fairly put to the person who may be penalised so that that person has the opportunity to
challenge the evidence tendered.
Special Notes.
• Verbal Warning.
Not entered in logbook or on Stewards report. (A Verbal Warning is normally given for a
minor infringement that does not advantage or disadvantage anybody and which is normally
caused by inexperience, lack of familiarity or an error of judgement and is unlikely to be
repeated).
• Written Warning.
Entered in logbook and on Stewards report. (A Written Warning is normally given for an
infringement that has not greatly advantaged or disadvantaged anybody but is one the
offender should have known better and if a similar offence is repeated it will result in a
Complaint).
• A licence with three written warnings in a twelve month period will be referred to the SKC
(refer rule 6.24) for a Hearing by a Disciplinary Tribunal
• Distribution of awards after appeal lodged - refer Rule 11.10
• Race needs to be restarted due to red flag incident - refer Rule 16.11
• Change of motors/tyres/frames - refer Rule 19.32 to 19.34
• For Complaint procedure refer to Chapter 7.
361.
2007 STEWARDS QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
362.
DRIVERS INDEX
363.
Complaints Chapter 7
Consolidation of classes 19.14
Consumption of Alcohol / Drugs 19.38
Contact of Karts 16.13a
Control tower 18.18
Cross Entry of Engine - State & National Championships 19.33 (8)
Cylinder head volume testing 26.01
Dangerous or Over-aggressive Driving 16.13b
Dangerous Re-Entry to Track 16.05
Data Logger 1.07 (n)
Defective Kart 12.01 (d) / 19.11
Definitions (General) 1.07
Degree of Proof/Balance of Probability 9.08
Direction of Racing 19.29 & 18.13
Dirt Track Chapter 49
Disabled Drivers 13.12
Disrepute, Bring Sport Into 5.01 (d)
Draw-Winner Of 19.21
Driver’s Briefing 19.18
Drivers Responsibilities 1.05 / 13.15
Driving in Opposite Direction 16.02
Driving Off Track / Rejoin 16.05
Driving Suit (number of) 14.03.2
Drugs in Sport Policy See relevant Chapter at rear of manual
Ducking Head 16.14
Duties Of Judges 4.17
Duties Of Lap scorers 4.23
Duties Of Noise Control Marshal 4.22
Earplugs / Spectators 24.8.7
Earplugs / Supplies 24.8.8
Earplugs 24.8.1 / 14.11
EGT Probe 25.09.7
Eligibility to Race Final 20.22.1 (e) 2 (f)
Engine Marking-Paint 19.10 (iii)
Engine Measuring 19.12 and Chapter 26
Engine Replace 19.33 (3)
Engine Sealing 19.33 (10) / 20.20
Engine Seals / Tags - Loss of 19.33 (10).3
Engines / Number of and Number of Seals 19.33 (1)
Essential Officials 4.03
Excessive Speed on In Grid 16.13 (b)
Exclusion From Event-Consequence 6.16
Exclusion from meeting-Consequence 6.17
Exclusion From Race/Heat-Consequence 6.15
Exclusion Notice of intention of appeal 8.17/18/19
Exclusion-Alcohol 17.16 / 19.38 (4)
Exclusion-Automatic 5.03 / 12.02 (b)
364.
Exclusion-Fail to Submit for Inspection 12.02 (b)
Exclusion-Identifying Marks 19.10 (i)
Exclusion-No Practice 16.10
Exhaust Muffler 25.22 & 25.23
Exhaust System 25.09
Exotic Compounds - Carbon Fibre 25.20
Fail or Refuse to Present Kart 5.01(s) / 12.02 (a) (b)
Failure to Obey Instructions 5.01 (w)
Faulty Transponder (Time Trials) 19.17 (c)
Fees Chapter 2 / 8.08
Fin Dampeners (S) 34.30 / 24.9
Finishing Under Power 16.16
Fire Extinguishers 18.10
First Aid 18.16/3/30/31/32
Flag signals Chapter 15
Frivolous Complaint Or Appeal 5.01 (m)
Fuel - Additives 22.03 (4)
Fuel - Controlled 22.03 (7)
Fuel - Random Samples 22.02 / 19.27
Fuel (illegal) 5.01(q)
Fuel testing 22.01/ 18.19
Fuel Chapter 22
General Offences Chapter 5
Gridding (system of) 19.24
Guards (chain/engine) 25.11
Helmet / Midgets / Rookies Only 14.01 (5)
Helmet / Safety Apparel Within Track 16.07
Helmet Damaged 14.01
Holding a Line 16.17
Homologation Chapter 21
Illegal Engine or Part 5.01 (o)
Incorrect Grid Position 19.26 (i)
In-Grid Safety barrier 18.13.2(e)
Injured Driver Clearance 16.12
Inspection /Kart/Apparel 12.02 (a) (b)
Insurance 11.06
Intimidation 5.01 (a) (b) (c)
Judge of Fact - No Complaint 4.17 (d)
Judge of Fact 4.17
Junior Facing Stewards 7.29
Kart direction 16.02
Kart formula Chapter 25
Kerbs/Corner Markers 18.07.11
Lapping Kart 16.01
Late Entry (State & National Championships) 20.12 (b)
Leaving / Rejoining Circuit 16.05
Licence - Period of Competition Licence 13.09
365.
Licence - Over 60 yrs 13.04.5
Licence -Age Divisions 13.16
Licence -Age Overlaps 13.21
Licence Endorsement C Grade 13.18.4
Licence Endorsement B Grade 13.18.5
Licence Endorsement Formula A 13.21.4 (d)
Licence Endorsement Street Race 17.17 (vii)
Licence Grades 13.18
Licence Grading Temporary Circuit 17.17 (vii)
Licence Practice 13.18.1
Licence Required to Produce Same 13.14 / 20.18
Licence, Unable to Produce 13.14
Licences Chapter 13
Light Signals / Flags 15.03/04
Light signals 15.19
Limitation on Driver - Formula Australia 31.04
Limitation on Driver - PRD 32.23
Limitation on Drivers - Formula 100 29.11.1
Limitation on Drivers - Piston Port 30.29
Local Club Events 19.37
Long Hair 14.08
Main Notice Board 18.12(6)
Max Weight of Kart 25.19
Mistake by Judge 4.17 (f)
Motors liquid cooled 25.18
Motors/Change of 19.33
Mufflers 25.22 & 25.23
Mufflers-Piston port 25.22.3
Multiple Entry of a Kart 19.35
No Appeal (Scrutineers Report) 12.01 (d)
No Complaint against Judge 4.17 (d)
Noise Control 24.1
Noise induction silencer (adaptor) 25.25
Noise induction silencer (airbox) 25.24
Noise Level-Permitted 24.2.1 / 100db@4mt
Noise Measuring Equipment 24.4.1
Noise Penalty 24.7
Noise Chapter24
No-Man’s Land 19.26 (v) / 17.07
Nose cones 25.06
Number of Starters / Track Density 18.05
Number Plate (third) 25.13 (iii)
Number Plates 25.13
Numbers (same numbers in one class) 19.28
Numbers 19.08
Obey Instructions (Failure To) 5.01 (w)
Observed driving/not up to standard 16.09
366.
Officials-Essential 4.03
Opposite Direction to Racing 16.02
Outside assistance, Before Start, Jnr/ Rookie 16.08 (c ) ( i )
Outside assistance, Before Race Starts-Mech. 16.08 (d)
Outside assistance, Before Race Starts-Push 16.08 (c) (ii)
Oversubscribed Classes 20.22.2
Paddock Area 18.12
Parc Ferme area / Paddock 17.11 and 18.14
Parking / Vehicles 18.24
Passing Under Yellow Flag 15.10
Penalties - Maximum - Stewards 6.02
Penalties - Maximum - Tribunal 6.03 / 6.04
Penalties Chapter 6
Penalty Maximum, By Tribunal 6.04
Penalty Points 6.20
Penalty Time 6.21
Penalty, Automatic 6.05 / 19.26 (vi)
Penalty, Noted On Licence 6.06
Penalty, Publication 6.22
Petrol - AKA Definition 22.03 (a)
Photo / Video etc, Proof of Incident 4.17 (e) / 4.09 (n)
Pit Crew Attire 14.12
Pit Crew on Track 17.12 (f)
Pole Sitter 19.26 (iii)
Post Event Scrutineering 19.12
Postponement/Abandonment 19.02 / 11.09
Practice Discretion 16.10
Practice 19.22
Pre-Heating Tyres 23.04
Protective Clothing Chapter 14
Protective Clothing/Not wearing 14.03 / 16.07
Race Line 16.17
Race Stoppage/Restart 16.11
Racing Number (Two the Same) 19.28
Radio Comms / Head sets / Officials 17.13
Radio Communication -Driver/Pits 25.16
Red Flag 15.08
Red Flag, Race Stoppage 16.11 (a)
Rejoining Track 16.05
Remove Impounded Kart 5.01 (y)
Remove Results 5.01 (k)
Remove Seal or Mark 5.01 (x)
Re-Run 8.25 & 19.17(c)
Re-Scrutineering/Accident 19.11
Responsibility of Entrant/Driver/Other 13.15 / 1.05
Restarting - Karts Fitted With Clutches 16.08 (e)
Restarting Kart 16.08 (a) / 17.10
367.
Rules, Acquaintance with 11.07 / 1.04
Running-in Engine (Red X on Number Plate) 19.10 (iv)
Safety Fence 18.09.4
Safety of Officials 17.12
Safety of Spectators 18.09.5 & 18.25.1
Safety Structures 18.09
Scales 4.21
Scrutineering Stickers 19.10 (i)
Scrutineering Chapter 12 / 19.12
Scrutineering-Inspection Any Time 12.02 (a) / 12.03
Sealing Nut 19.33 (9)
Seals-Removal 19.33 (6)
Sensor Devices / Data Loggers 18.22
Shaking Hands 16.15
Shorten a Race 19.20(a)
Side Pods 25.02
Smoking/Welding 17.14
Speedway Chapter 48
Spirit and Intent 1.03
Stalled Kart 16.04
Start Line 17.08
Start Out of Position 19.26 (i)
Starter Duties of 4.18
Starting / Single File 19.24 (d)
Starting Engines in Pits 24.8.4
Starting Kart Engines-Outgrid 24.8.5
Starting Kart Engines-Safe Area 24.8.6
Starting 19.26
Starts / Standing 19.26 (vii)
Stewards (Power Of) 4.09
Stewards Hearing 7.19>
Stewards/Track Maintenance 17.03
Stop on Course 16.03
Street/Temporary Circuit 17.17
Supp. Regs-Standard Chapter 20 – Appendix 1
Supplementary Regulations 1.07 (oo)
Suspension/Driver 6.18
Suspension-Consequence Of 6.18 / 6.19
System of Gridding 19.24
Telemetry 25.16 / 1.07 (pp)
Telemetry Aids 1.07 (pp)
Time for Complaints 7.14
Time Trials Underweight 19.17 (e)
Time Trials 19.17 (a) (b)
Timing System 20.09 (a) (b)
Track conditions 18.07.1
Track Edges 18.07.8
368.
Track Inspector/Club 17.01
Track Inspector/State/Annual 17.02
Track layout 18.03
Track Licence 17.02 / 11.04
Track Log Book 17.03 (iii)
Track Chapter 17 and 18.06
Transponders-Driver Responsibility 19.17 (d)
Tribunal Procedure Chapter 9
Trophies (distribution of) 11.10 (a)
Two Minute Board to Vacate the Grid 19.24 (c)
Two Minutes to fill The Grid 19.24 (a)
Tyre Inflation Cage/Maximum Pressure 18.21
Tyre Marking 19.10 (ii)
Tyre Pooling 23.11
Tyre Treatment 23.03, BANNED
Tyres - Approved 23.09
Tyres - Choice - Wet or Dry 19.34 (ii)
Tyres - Combination-Wet/Dry 23.07
Tyres - Damaged or Worn-Out 19.34 (iii)
Tyres - One Set 19.34 (i )
Tyres - Pre-Heating 23.04
Tyres Chapter 23, 19.34
Tyres-Chart of restricted / designated 23.10
Tyres-Number Permitted 19.34 / 23.06
Unauthorised competitions 11.08
Undersubscribed classes 20.22.1
Warning/Not a Penalty 6.23
Warnings-3 or more 6.24
Wearing Helmet After Accident 16.07
Wearing Safety Apparel 16.07
Weaving to Warm Tyres 19.26 (ii) / 23.05
Weight General 25.19 / 19.07 (b)
Weight Kart Maximum (Heavy Classes) 25.19.2
Weight, Fail To Comply 5.01(r)
Weight/ No Appeal 7.04
Weights in Clothing 14.10
Weights/8mm bolts 25.19
Yellow Flag (passing) 15.04/10
369.
AKA DRUGS IN SPORT POLICY
370.
3.3 A doping offence is proved if a person admits to having committed the doping offence to
another person.
Therapeutic Purpose
3.4 A person uses a prohibited substance for a therapeutic purpose if:
a) The person had provided notification to the CEO prior to testing
b) the person had written approval prior to testing from a AKA State Medical Assessor or
the AKA Chief Medical Assessor for the therapeutic use of the prohibited substance
c) the level of the prohibited substance in the sample is consistent with the approved
therapeutic use, and
d) rules permit the therapeutic use of the prohibited substance and is consistent with the FIA
rules (see Attachment 3).
Exceptional Circumstances
3.5 Exceptional extenuating circumstances exist if the presence of the prohibited substance is
beyond the person's control. For example:
• the person has a natural T/E Testosterone : Epitestosterone ratio above 6:1, or
• the person is administered the prohibited substance in hospital without their knowledge.
Exceptional extenuating circumstances do not exist merely because the person:
a) took the prohibited substance inadvertently, or
b) did not know that the substance was prohibited.
3.6 The onus of proof is on the person who claims that:
a) they used a prohibited substance for a therapeutic purpose, or
b) there are exceptional circumstances.
The meaning of “therapeutic use” and “extenuating circumstances” may be varied in the case
of junior and veteran competitors.
371.
gives a written waiver under clause 4.3), and
c) encloses a copy of this Policy.
4.6 The CEO will wait 14 days (or a shorter period agreed between the CEO and the person) after
sending a letter under clause 4.5 and then will:
a) request the National Sports Disputes Centre to appoint a Committee
b) appoint the CAS, or
c) appoint an AKA Tribunal established in accordance with the rules of AKA to conduct a
hearing. At least one of the Members of the Tribunal must be legally qualified and at least
one must be a current member of AKA National Medical Committee
4.7 The CEO may withdraw the referral to a hearing under clause 4.6 at any time until the hearing
commences if the person gives a written waiver under clause 4.3.
4.8 The CEO may:
a) suspend financial or other assistance to the person, and
b) suspend the person from competition in events and competitions conducted by or under
the auspices of AKA or from international competition until the determination
of the hearing.
4.9 The AKA Tribunal or the CAS will determine:
a) whether the person has committed a doping offence, and if so
b) what sanction will apply, and
c) how long the sanction will apply.
5. Conduct of Hearings
5.1 A person alleged to have committed a doping offence has a right to a hearing unless the
circumstances in clause 4.3 apply. A person who has acknowledged that they have committed
a doping offence may request a hearing on sanction (penalty) only.
5.2 If the CAS conducts the hearing, it will conduct the hearing as set out in the Code of Sport-
related Arbitration. Where a AKA Tribunal conducts the hearing, the AKA Tribunal:
a) will conduct the hearing in the manner the AKA Tribunal determines
b) will conduct the hearing:
(i) with as little formality and technicality, and
(ii) as quickly as proper consideration of the matter permits
c) may conduct the hearing by telephone or other conference facility
d) may examine and cross-examine witnesses
e) may appoint a legal representative or other person to assist it, and
f) may allow the person alleged to have committed a doping offence to
(i) examine and cross-examine witnesses, and
(ii) be assisted by a legal representative or other person.
5.3 The hearing AKA Tribunal or the CAS will accept the result of a test conducted by a drug
testing authority, unless:
a) the drug testing authority did not substantially comply with the applicable drug testing
procedures, and
b) that noncompliance casts serious significant doubt on the result. The onus of proof is on
the person who claims the AKA Tribunal or the AKA should not accept the result.
5.4 The AKA Tribunal or the CAS will give the CEO a written statement of:
a) the findings of the hearing
b) what sanction (if any), if any, will apply, and
c) how long the sanction (if any) will sanction, if any, will apply.
372.
6. What Sanctions Apply?
6.1 Where the AKA Tribunal or the CAS determines that a person has committed a doping
offence, it will decide whether one or more of the following sanctions will apply.
The AKA Tribunal or the CAS may:
a ban the person from taking part, in any competition in Australia or in international
competition
b ban the person from competing in any events and competitions conducted by or under the
auspices of AKA
c make the person ineligible to receive direct or indirect funding or assistance from AKA
Incorporated
d ban the person from holding any position within AKA
e require that the person remain on ASDA's register for the purpose of out-of-competition
testing
f recommend that:
(i) AKA
(ii) the ASC
(iii) the AIS, or
(iv) the AOC require the person to repay financial assistance given to the person from
the date of the doping offence.
g require the person go to counselling for a specified period
h withdraw awards, placings and records won in events and competitions conducted by or
under the auspices of AKA from the date of the doping offence, and/or
i reprimand the person.
6.2 Where the AKA Tribunal or the CAS determines that an employee or member of AKA
Incorporated has committed a doping offence, AKA will take disciplinary action against the
employee or member.
373.
8. How will AKA Enforce Sanctions?
8.1 AKA will enforce the sanction decided by the CEO, AKA Tribunal or the CAS if the sanction
is consistent with this Policy.
8.2 AKA may appeal under clause 102.1 if the CEO believes the sanction is inconsistent with this
Policy.
8.3 AKA will recognise and enforce a sanction properly imposed on a person who has committed
a doping offence under the anti-doping policy of:
a) AKA
b) another organisations recognised by the AKA where the offence would be a doping
offence under this Policy. Whether or not the finding of a doping offence or the sanction
are consistent with this Policy.
8.4 The CEO must inform:
a) the person
b) any relevant sporting organisations
c) the ASC
d) ASDA
of the offence and the sanction applied by the CEO, AKA Tribunal or the CAS. The CEO may
then inform other persons or organisations as the CEO thinks appropriate.
8.5 AKA may reinstate financial or other assistance to the person that the CEO suspended under
clause 4.8.
374.
10.2 The CAS Appeals Division will re-hear the matters appealed against as set out in the Code of
Sport-related Arbitration.
10.3 A party to the appeal may:
a) appear in person (a body corporate may be represented by any of its officers), or
b) be represented by a legal or other representative.
10.4 The decision of CAS Appeals Division will be final and binding on the parties to the appeal.
No person (including AKA) may institute or maintain proceedings in relation to the appeal in
any court or tribunal other than the CAS Appeals Division.
10.5 The sanction will remain in force during the appeal unless CAS Appeals Division decides
otherwise.
375.
conducted by or under the auspices of AKA, or
b) uses the facilities of AKA.
“CAS” means the Court of Arbitration for Sport (Oceania Registry).
“Drug Testing Agency”
a) an agency which conducts testing on competitors for the detection of prohibited
substances where:
(i) the methods of testing substantially accord with AKA procedures, and
(ii) the sample is analysed by an approved or an accredited laboratory.
“FIA” means the Federation Internationale de l'Automobile, the sole International sporting
body entitled to make and enforce regulations for the control of automobile competitions.
“MAP” means the Medical Advisory Panel which is a committee of medical experts and
where appropriate other experts appointed by the ASC operating under rules and procedures
approved by the ASC.
“Member” means:
a) a person who, or body which, is a member of AKA Incorporated, or holds a AKA licence
b) a person who, or body which, is affiliated with AKA Incorporated, or
c) a person who is a member of a body which is a member of or affiliated with AKA and
includes a person taking part in, or involved in or associated with (e.g. as a driver, entrant,
competitor, team manager or member, official, medical or allied health practitioner) any
sporting activity conducted, authorised or recognised by AKA.
“AKA Incorporated” includes “AKA” and its member and affiliated organisations.
“National Sports Dispute Centre” means the National Sports Disputes Centre Pty Limited
Incorporated (ACN 072 380 217).
“Official” means a person who administers, manages, assists or is otherwise involved in motor
sport under the auspices of AKA Incorporated other than as a competitor, or medical or
analogous health practitioner.
“Positive test result” means a result of a test by a drug testing authority which shows the
presence of a prohibited substance in a sample.
“prohibited method” means a method prohibited under the anti-doping policy of AKA
Incorporated (see Attachment 1)
“prohibited substance” means a substance prohibited under the anti-doping policy of AKA
Incorporated (see Attachment 2) “recognised medical authority” means:
a) the MAP, or
b) an authority recognised by the MAP which may authorise the use of a prohibited
substance.
“sample” means human biological fluid, expired air or tissue.
“testing” means the requesting, collecting and analysis of a sample.
“trafficking” means:
a) manufacturing, extracting, transforming, preparing, storing, expediting, transporting,
importing, transiting, offering (whether subject to payment or free of charge),
distributing, selling, exchanging, brokering, obtaining in any form, prescribing,
commercialising, making over, accepting, possessing, holding, buying or acquiring in
any manner a prohibited substance
b) financing or serving as an intermediary for the finance of any of the activities in
paragraph (a)
c) provoking in any way the consumption or use of a prohibited substance, or
d) being knowingly concerned or involved in a prohibited method other than for personal
376.
use by an athlete and/or for therapeutic purposes in the course of the legal exercise of
professional medical, pharmaceutical or analogous activities. 12.2 Words in the singular
include the plural and vice versa.
12.2 A person includes a body corporate.
Attachment 1
Attachment 2
377.
in certain pathological conditions and in the treatment of high blood pressure. They may
be misused by competitors for two main reasons: to reduce weight quickly in sports
where weight categories are involved, and to reduce the concentration of drugs by
diluting the urine.
5 PEPTIDE AND GLYCOPROTEIN HORMONES AND ANALOGUES e.g. HCG,
ACTH, H. Administration of these compounds increases the rate of production of the
body's own steroids and is considered equivalent to the administration of steroids.
Erythropoietin induces changes similar to blood doping and is therefore prohibited. In
addition to the IOC list of prohibited substances, AKA Incorporated may prohibit or
restrict the use of the following substances:
6 ANTIHISTAMINES (“anti-allergy” drugs) The older antihistamines (e.g. pheniramine,
diphenhydramine, promethazine, chlorpheniramine etc.) have been shown to impair
motor skills and judgement and may have an additive effect with other medications. They
should not be taken in the twenty-four hours prior to a motor sport event. The newer
“non-sedating” antihistamines (terfenadine, loratadine, astemizole and cetirizine) have
not been shown to significantly impair motor skills or judgement and are permitted.
7 PSYCHIATRIC DRUGS Most of the psychiatric medications are liable to cause some
degree of drowsiness or diminished concentration or motor performance. These drugs are
also used to treat many conditions which are themselves a contraindication to
participation in motor sport. However the individual response to these drugs is very
difficult to predict and the drugs may be taken for many different conditions and in
greatly varying dosages. In general, the following drugs are prohibited if currently taken:
- tricyclic, tetracyclic and MAOI antidepressants
- antipsychotics
- minor tranquillisers and sedatives
- CNS stimulants (included on the IOC list)
If a person has been taking any of these drugs on a regular basis, a period of at least two
weeks should elapse before they can be assessed for fitness to participate in motor sport.
The drugs which may be permitted after individual assessment include:
- maintenance treatment with SSRI or RIMA antidepressants
- maintenance treatment with “mood stablisers” (e.g. lithium, carbamazepine or
sodium valproate)
378.
be submitted prior to the competition or, if administered during the competition,
immediately after injection, in writing to the relevant medical authority. Corticosteroids.
The use of corticosteroids is banned except:
A for topical use (mucosal) but not rectal;
B by inhalation;
C by intra-articular or local injection.
The IOC Medical Commission has introduced mandatory reporting of athletes requiring
corticosteroids by inhalation during competitions. Any team doctor wishing to administer
corticosteroids by inhalation or by local or intra-articular injection, or by inhalation, to a
competitor must give written notification prior to the competition to the relevant medical
authority.
Beta-blockers, e.g.:
alprenolol, atenolol, metoprolol, oxprenolol, propranolol and related substances.
The IOC Medical Commission has reviewed the therapeutic indications for the use of
betablocking drugs and noted that there is now a wide range of effective alternative
preparations available in order to control hypertension, cardiac arrythmias, angina pectoris and
migraine. Due to the continued misuse of beta-blockers in some sports where physical activity
is of no or little importance, the IOC Medical Commission reserves the right to test those
sports which it deems appropriate.
C. SUMMARY OF IOC REGULATIONS FOR DRUGS WHICH NEED PHYSICIAN
WRITTEN NOTIFICATION
D. FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to the Medical Assessor in your state or phone the Drugs
in Sport Hotline - 1800 020 506. See also the IOC list of prohibited substances.
Attachment 3
379.
4. ANTI DOPING TESTS
4.5 General:
The following measures are advocated to combat doping:
* prevention
* controls
* sanctions
4.1.1 Prevention
Prevention is the joint responsibility of the ASNs and the FIA by means of:
* Information
* Education
4.1 Controls
4.1.2.1 The reference list of substances (section 1) and of methods (section 11) which are forbidden
is that drawn up and regularly updated by the IOC for motor sport, test may also be carried out
to detect the presence of alcohol (section III A) marijuana (section III B) and beta blockers
(section III E).
4.1.2.2 The following conditions must be fulfilled:
* the presence of a doctor delegated by the ASN and/or FIA;
* for sampling during a competition, the presence of one of the Stewards of the meeting or
one member of race control
* the respect of professional confidentiality;
* the respect of the basic rights of the driver undergoing the test: assistance from a third
party of his/her choosing who is at the site at the time of the sampling
* The possibility of a counter analysis;
* analyses and possible counter-analyses to be carried out obligatory by a laboratory
accredited by the International Olympic Committee.
* justification of a therapeutic nature must be taken into account;
4.1.2.3 Samples may be taken either:
A at the request of the ASN concerned, or the AKA or
B at the request of the FIA;
Furthermore,
C at the request of the President of the FIA, spot checks may be carried out both during
competitions and at other times. In case (a), the FIA should be notified as quickly as
possible. In the case of (b) the FIA should inform the ASN concerned at least 20 days
prior to the test. If a spot test is to be carried out, the ASNs concerned will receive no
prior notification. Any driver designated for testing is obliged to submit himself/herself
to such tests; if he/she does not, he/she will be liable to a sanction under article
4.1.3 For (b) and (c), the ASNs of the drivers undergoing the tests will be notified of the results.
4.1.2.4 The President of the FIA must be notified immediately of the results of the analyses, either
directly, by the laboratory which carried out the tests (FIA spot check), or, in other cases, by
the ASN of the country in which the tests were carried out.
4.1.2.5 The following are responsible for designating the drivers to be tested:
a during an event: the Stewards of the meeting;
b at other times; the President of the FIA.
4.1.2.6 Samples will be taken at the following times:
at the latest, one hour after; the finish of the race, the end of the practice session, or the official
notification of a withdrawal.
380.
* For out of competition testing: at any time. The quantity of urine collected should be
sufficient to allow analysis and possible counter-analysis (75ml. In two hermetically
sealed containers with an attestation by the delegated doctor affixed, one of which will be
preserved with all suitable precautions for the requirement of a possible counter-
expertise).
4.1.2.7 Should the analysis of one of the samples prove positive, the driver will be notified
immediately by the ASN or AKA. A counter-expertise may be carried out at the request of the
driver concerned within the eight days following the notification of the results. The cost of this
counter-expertise will be charged to the driver, and will be refunded should the second analysis
prove negative.
4.1.3 Sanctions
Any justification of a therapeutic nature which may have been invoked having been taken into
account, any driver declared positive shall be referred to the sporting jurisdiction of his/her
ASN or AKA and judged according to articles 152 and 153 of the Sporting Code. Furthermore,
for infringements of a particularly serious nature, the FIA may substitute for the ASN or AKA
to judge a driver who has been declared positive, in accordance with the above-mentioned
articles. In this case, the competent ASN or AKA cannot refuse to bring an appeal before the
International Court of Appeal on behalf of the party concerned.
381.
2007 AKA EVENTS CALENDAR
382.